{"title":"Engineering: Mechanics of solids Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"theory-of-machines-and-mechanisms-9781009303675","title":"Theory of Machines and Mechanisms","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThoroughly updated sixth edition of an established and respected work, this is the ideal text for the complete study of the kinematics and dynamics of machines. Includes over 840 figures, 140 worked examples, 620 end-of-chapter problems, and solutions for instructors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'In the sixth edition of this classic and comprehensive machine design text, the authors have produced an update that stays true to the strengths of the previous editions (e.g., kinematic coefficients) and incorporates state of the art advances to both content and presentation.' Pierre Larochelle, South Dakota School of Mines \u0026amp; Technology\u003cbr\u003e'The analytical approaches implemented in this book paired with the graphical methods facilitate learning for students. The order of sections in both kinematics and kinetics chapters are well thought out. The chapters on cams and gears are very inclusive. The example problems are very practical, ranging from easy to complicated.' Ahmad Ghasemloonia, University of Calgary\u003cbr\u003e'This is the most comprehensive undergraduate textbook available on the theory of mechanisms and their kinematics. It covers linkages, cams, gears, engine dynamics, and more with rigorous mathematics, yet it is sufficiently thorough to serve as an introduction to the material for students seeing it for the first time.' Christopher Barrett, Mississippi State University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface; About the authors; Part I. Kinematics and Mechanisms: 1. The world of mechanisms; 2. Position, posture and displacement; 3. Velocity; 4. Acceleration; 5. Multi-degree-of-freedom planar linkages; Part II. Design of Mechanisms: 6. Cam design; 7. Spur gears; 8. Helical gears, bevel gears, worms, and worm gears; 9. Synthesis of linkages; 10. Spatial mechanisms and robotics; Part III. Dynamics of Machines: 11. Static force analysis; 12. Dynamic force analysis; 13. Vibration analysis; 14. Dynamics of reciprocating engines; 15. Balancing; 16. Flywheels, governors, and gyroscopes; Appendix A. Tables; Appendix B. Answers to selected problems; Index.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738029633879,"sku":"9781009303675","price":90.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781009303675.jpg?v=1723811689"},{"product_id":"finite-element-and-finite-volume-methods-for-heat-transfer-and-fluid-dynamics-9781009275484","title":"Finite Element and Finite Volume Methods for Heat","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduces the two most common numerical methods for heat transfer and fluid dynamics equations, using clear and accessible language. This unique approach covers all necessary mathematical preliminaries at the beginning of the book for the reader to sail smoothly through the chapters. Students will work step-by-step through the most common benchmark heat transfer and fluid dynamics problems, firmly grounding themselves in how the governing equations are discretized, how boundary conditions are imposed, and how the resulting algebraic equations are solved. Providing a detailed discussion of the discretization steps and time approximations, and clearly presenting concepts of explicit and implicit formulations, this graduate textbook has everything an instructor needs to prepare students for their exams and future careers. Each illustrative example shows students how to draw comparisons between the results obtained using the two numerical methods, and at the end of each chapter they can t\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'I am delighted to recommend this textbook to beginners and early career researchers wanting to work in computational heat and fluid flow problems. This book is a useful tool for teaching postgraduate and senior undergraduate courses and will be an excellent addition to the bookshelves of senior researchers.' Perumal Nithiarasu, Swansea University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart I. Preliminaries: 1. Mathematical Preliminaries; 2. Equations of Heat Transfer and Fluid Mechanics; 3. Solution Methods for Algebraic Equations; Part II. The Finite Element Method: 4. The Finite Element Method: Steady-State Heat Transfer; 5. The Finite Element Method: Unsteady Heat Transfer; 6. Finite Element Analysis of Viscous Incompressible Flows; Part III. The Finite Volume Method: 7. The Finite Volume Method: Diffusion Problems; 8. The Finite Volume Method: Advection-Diffusion Problems; 9. Finite Volume Methods for Viscous Incompressible Flows; 10. Advanced Topics.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738031075671,"sku":"9781009275484","price":71.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781009275484.jpg?v=1723811692"},{"product_id":"rigid-body-kinematics-9781108479073","title":"Rigid Body Kinematics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMaster the conceptual, theoretical and practical aspects of kinematics with this exhaustive text, which provides a rigorous analysis and description of general motion in mechanical systems, with numerous examples from spinning tops to wheel ground-vehicles. Over 400 figures illustrate the main ideas and provide a geometrical interpretation and a deeper understanding of concepts, and exercises and problems throughout the text provide additional hands-on practice.  Ideal for students taking courses on rigid body kinematics, and an invaluable reference for researchers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'The Rigid Body Kinematics book by Batlle and Barjau presents the concepts of kinematics for points, rigid bodies and multibody systems with a depth and thoroughness which is not common in textbooks nowadays. This is a very good text for readers who look for a very solid foundation on their understanding of kinematics. The language is accessible and the quiz questions included are a good and quick way for the reader to test their understanding of each chapter.' Alba Pérez Gracia, Polytechnic University of Catalonia\u003cbr\u003e'Rigid Body Kinematics provides a clear and comprehensive account of the kinematics of rigid bodies in three-dimensional space, built from the ground up. It doesn't cut corners nor shies away from difficult topics: if you need a thorough understanding of how to analyze the movement of mechanical systems, this is your book. Its content has been honed by decades of continuous improvement. It was foundational for those of us lucky enough to be exposed to it by Professors Batlle and Barjau, providing many pleasant aha! moments when it made many previously disjoint ideas fit into a beautiful coherent whole.' Juan Reyero, Thestarmaps.com\u003cbr\u003e'I've been following the authors' teaching practices and materials since I started teaching mechanics to future engineers more than 30 years ago. This is a nicely updated English translation of the authors' teaching materials developed along an entire life devoted to the teaching of mechanics of particles and rigid bodies. With a rigorous but clear style, the book tenderly covers all the relevant kinematics concepts required for engineers at different levels, paving the ground for an advanced dynamics course. Plenty of inspiring examples and exercises, it uses a clear and explicit notation and language. I found this style inspiring in my multibody dynamics teaching practice. Definitely, my first choice as a teaching reference book.' Javier Ros, Public University of Navarre (UPNA)\u003cbr\u003e'Rigid Body Kinematics is … very original in the way in which its relevant principles are presented. An essential textbook for engineering students. The originality of the [book] is in the applications it makes of the fundamental principles of Classical Mechanics to practical cases. It is beautifully illustrated with realistic schemes, [and with] clear and easily understandable text…' Maria Rosario Isabel Lopez Hermoso, University of Barcelona\u003cbr\u003e'This book can serve as an excellent standard text at the advanced undergraduate level … Highly recommended.' M. O. Farooq, Choice\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Space and time; 2. Particle kinematics; 3. Rigid body kinematics; 4. Introduction to mechanical systems kinematics.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738305081687,"sku":"9781108479073","price":75.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781108479073.jpg?v=1723811909"},{"product_id":"fatigue-of-structures-and-materials-9781402068072","title":"Fatigue of Structures and Materials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFatigue of structures and materials covers a wide scope of different topics. The purpose of the present book is to explain these topics, to indicate how they can be analyzed, and how this can contribute to the                            designing of fatigue resistant structures and to prevent structural fatigue problems in service. Chapter 1 gives a general survey of the topic with brief comments on the signi?cance of the aspects involved. This serves as a                            kind of a program for the following chapters. The central issues in this book are predictions of fatigue properties and designing against fatigue. These objectives cannot be realized without a physical and mechanical                            understanding of all relevant conditions. In Chapter 2 the book starts with basic concepts of what happens in the material of a structure under cyclic loads. It illustrates the large number of variables which can affect                            fatigue properties an\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface; Acknowledgements; 1. Introduction to Fatigue of Structures and Materials;  Part 1: Fatigue under Contstant-Amplitude Loading; 2. Fatigue as a phenomenon in the material; 3. Stress concentrations at notches; 4. Residual stress; 5. Stress intensity factors of cracks; 6. Fatigue properties of materials; 7. The fatigue strength of notched specimens; 8. Fatigue crack growth. Analysis and predictions; Part 2: Load spectra and fatigue under variable-amplitude loading; 9. Load spectra; 10. Fatigue under variable-amplitude loading; 11. Fatigue crack growth under variable-amplitude loading; Part 3: Fatigue tests and scatter12. Fatigue and scatter; 13. Fatigue tests; Part 4: Special fatigue conditions; 14. Surface treatments; 15. Fretting corrosion; 16. Corrosion fatigue; 17. High-temperature and low-temperature fatigue; Part 5: Fatigue of joints and structures; 18. Fatigue of joints; 19. Fatigue of welded joints; 20. Designing against fatigue of structures; Part 6: Fatigue Resistance of Fiber-Metal Laminates; 21 Fatigue resistance of the fiber-metal laminates. Suject index.   Contents of CD added to the book: Introduction I Exercises and Summaries I.1 Exercises I.2 Answers I.3 Summaries of chapters I.4 Plotting paper II Case Histories II.1 Introduction II.2 Fatigue fracture of all spokes of the front wheel of a heavy motorcycle II.3 Blade spring failures II.4 Landing gear case  II.5 Blade failure of a small helicopter  II.6 Expansion coupling failure II.7 The lamp-post case II.8 The Comet case II.9 Lug connections III Special Topics III.1 Designing against fatigue III.1.1 Introduction III.1.2 How to obtain $K_t$-values? III.1.3 Reduction of a stress level and its effect on fatigue life III.2 Fatigue tests, why and how? III.2.1 Introduction III.2.2 Fatigue tests for which purpose? III.2.3 Fatigue tests, how to be carried out? IV Research on Fatigue Problems in the Future IV.1 Introduction IV.2 Fatigue crack growth mechanisms IV.2.1 Crack initiation fatigue life and microcrack growth IV.2.2 Macrocrack growth IV.3 The significance of fractographic studies IV.4 Prediction of fatigue crack growth under VA loading IV.5 Fracture mechanics predictions and marker loads IV.6 Load measurements in service IV.7 Research programs IV.8 Epilogue Fatigue of structures and materials in the 20th century and the state of the art Plotting paper","brand":"Springer-Verlag New York Inc.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738940715351,"sku":"9781402068072","price":49.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781402068072.jpg?v=1720050642"},{"product_id":"dynamics-and-control-of-mechanical-systems-in-offshore-engineering-9781447172277","title":"Dynamics and Control of Mechanical Systems in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDynamics and Control of Mechanical Systems in Offshore Engineering\u003c\/i\u003e is a comprehensive treatment of marine mechanical systems (MMS) involved in processes of great importance such as oil drilling and mineral recovery. Ranging from nonlinear dynamic modeling and stability analysis of flexible riser systems, through advanced control design for an installation system with a single rigid payload attached by thrusters, to robust adaptive control for mooring systems, it is an authoritative reference on the dynamics and control of MMS. Readers will gain not only a complete picture of MMS at the system level, but also a better understanding of the technical considerations involved and solutions to problems that commonly arise from dealing with them. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe text provides:                                                                                                                                 \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e         a complete framework of dynamical analysis and control design for mari\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreliminaries.- Dynamic Load Positioning.- Coupled Nonlinear Flexible Marine Riser.- Flexible Marine Riser with Vessel Dynamics.- Riser System with a Torque Actuator.- Marine Installation System.- Riser Installation System.- Mooring System.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer London Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739331309911,"sku":"9781447172277","price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"fracture-mechanics-fundamentals-and-applications-9781639872404","title":"Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Murphy \u0026 Moore Publishing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740759798103,"sku":"9781639872404","price":100.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781639872404.jpg?v=1720055551"},{"product_id":"advanced-vehicle-dynamics-9783030130602","title":"Advanced Vehicle Dynamics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book covers the principles and applications of vehicle handling dynamics from an advanced perspective in depth. The methods required to analyze and optimize vehicle handling dynamics are presented, including tire compound dynamics, vehicle planar dynamics, vehicle roll dynamics, full vehicle dynamics, and in-wheel motor vehicle dynamics. The provided vehicle dynamic model is capable of investigating drift, sliding, and other over-limit vehicle maneuvers. This is an ideal book for postgraduate and research students and engineers in mechanical, automotive, transportation, and ground vehicle engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1. Tire Dynamics.- Chapter 2. Vehicle Planar Dynamics.- Chapter 3. Vehicle Roll Dynamics.- Chapter 4. Road Dynamics.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743024525655,"sku":"9783030130602","price":104.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"mechanical-behavior-of-materials-fundamentals-analysis-and-calculations-9783030849290","title":"Mechanical Behavior of Materials: Fundamentals,","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis textbook supports a range of core courses in undergraduate materials and mechanical engineering curricula given at leading universities globally. It presents fundamentals and quantitative analysis of mechanical behavior of materials covering engineering mechanics and materials, deformation behavior, fracture mechanics, and failure design. This book provides a holistic understanding of mechanical behavior of materials, and enables critical thinking through mathematical modeling and problem solving.\u003ci\u003e \u003c\/i\u003eEach of the 15 chapters first introduces readers to the technologic importance of the topic and provides basic concepts with diagrammatic illustrations; and then its engineering analysis\/mathematical modelling along with calculations are presented. Featuring 200 end-of-chapter calculations\/worked examples, 120 diagrams, 260 equations on mechanics and materials, the text is ideal for students of mechanical, materials, structural, civil, and aerospace engineering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart I: Materials: Deformation, Testing, and Strengthening1) INTRODUCTION2) PHYSICS OF DEFORMATION3) MECHANICAL TESTING AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 4) STRENGTHENING MECHNAISMS IN METALS\/ALLOYS 5) MATERIALS IN ENGINEERINGPart II: Stresses, Strains, and Deformation Behaviors6) STRESS-STRAIN RELATIONS AND DEFORMATION MODELS7) ELASTICITY AND VISCOELASTICITY8) COMPLEX\/PRINCIPAL STRESSES AND STRAINS 9) PLASTICITY AND SUPERPLASTICITY – Theory and Applications 10) TORSION IN SHAFTS Part III: Failure, Design, and Composites Behavior11) FAILURE THEORIES AND DESIGN12) FRACTURE MECHNAICS AND DESIGN 13) FATIGUE BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS 14) CREEP BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS 15) MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS \u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743053754711,"sku":"9783030849290","price":49.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030849290.jpg?v=1720063909"},{"product_id":"matrix-and-finite-element-analyses-of-structures-9783031087233","title":"Matrix and Finite Element Analyses of Structures","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis textbook has been primarily written for undergraduate and postgraduate engineering students studying the mechanics of solids and structural systems. The content focuses on matrix, finite elements, structural analysis, and computer implementation in a unified and integrated manner. Using classical methods of structural analysis, it discusses matrix and the finite element methods in an easy-to-understand manner. It consists of a large number of diagrams and illustrations for easy understanding of the concepts. All the computer codes are presented in \"FORTRAN\" AND \"C\". This textbook is highly useful for the undergraduate and postgraduate engineering students. It also acquaints the practicing engineers about the computer-based techniques used in structural analysis.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBasic Concepts of Structural Analysis.- Energy Principles.- Introduction To The Flexibility and Stiffness Matrix Methods.- Direct Stiffness Method.- Substructure Technique for the Analysis of Structural Systems.- The Flexibility Matrix Method.- Elements of Elasticity.- Introduction to The Finite Element Method.- Finite Element Analysis of Plane Elasticity Problems.- Isoparametric and Other Element Representations and Numerical Integrations.- Finite Element Analysis of Plate Bending Problems.- Finite Element Analysis of Shells.- Semi-Analytical and Spline Finite Strip Method of Analyses of Plate Bending.- Dynamic and Instability Analyses By The Finite Element Method.- The Finite Difference Method For The Analysis Of Beams And Plates.- Adaptive Finite Element Analysis.- Geometrical Non-Linear Finite Element Analysis.- Finite Element Method Of Analysis Of Stiffened Plates.- Selected Topics.\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743068238167,"sku":"9783031087233","price":85.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031087233.jpg?v=1720063971"},{"product_id":"elementary-engineering-fracture-mechanics-9789024725809","title":"Elementary engineering fracture mechanics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen asked to start teaching a course on engineering fracture mechanics, I realized that a concise textbook, giving a general oversight of the field, did not exist. The explanation is undoubtedly that the subject is still in a stage of early development, and that the methodologies have still a very limited applicability. It is not possible to give rules for general application of fracture mechanics concepts. Yet our comprehension of cracking and fracture beha viour of materials and structures is steadily increasing. Further developments may be expected in the not too distant future, enabling useful prediction of fracture safety and fracture characteristics on the basis of advanced fracture mechanics procedures. The user of such advanced procedures m\\lst have a general understanding of the elementary concepts, which are provided by this volume. Emphasis was placed on the practical application of fracture mechanics, but it was aimed to treat the subject in a way that may interest both metallurgists and engineers. For the latter, some general knowledge of fracture mechanisms and fracture criteria is indispensable for an apprecia­ tion of the limita tions of fracture mechanics. Therefore a general discussion is provided on fracture mechanisms, fracture criteria, and other metal­ lurgical aspects, without going into much detail. Numerous references are provided to enable a more detailed study of these subjects which are still in a stage of speculative treatment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eI Principles.- 1 Summary of basic problems and concepts.- 1.1 Introduction.- 1.2 A crack in a structure.- 1.3 The stress at a crack tip.- 1.4 The Griffith criterion.- 1.5 The crack opening displacement criterion.- 1.6 Crack propagation.- 1.7 Closure.- 2 Mechanisms of fracture and crack growth.- 2.1 Introduction.- 2.2 Cleavage fracture.- 2.3 Ductile fracture.- 2.4 Fatigue cracking.- 2.5 Environment assisted cracking.- 2.6 Service failure analysis.- 3 The elastic crack-tip stress field.- 3.1 The Airy stress function.- 3.2 Complex stress functions.- 3.3 Solution to crack problems.- 3.4 The effect of finite size.- 3.5 Special cases.- 3.6 Elliptical cracks.- 3.7 Some useful expressions.- 4 The crack tip plastic zone.- 4.1 The Irwin plastic zone correction.- 4.2 The Dugdale approach.- 4.3 The shape of the plastic zone.- 4.4 Plane stress versus plane strain.- 4.5 Plastic constraint factor.- 4.6 The thickness effect.- 5 The energy principle.- 5.1 The energy release rate.- 5.2 The criterion for crack growth.- 5.3 The crack resistance (R curve).- 5.4 Compliance.- 5.5 The J integral.- 5.6 Tearing modulus.- 5.7 Stability.- 6 Dynamics and crack arrest.- 6.1 Crack speed and kinetic energy.- 6.2 The dynamic stress intensity and elastic energy release rate.- 6.3 Crack branching.- 6.4 The principles of crack arrest.- 6.5 Crack arrest in practice.- 6.6 Dynamic fracture toughness.- 7 Plane strain fracture toughness.- 7.1 The standard test.- 7.2 Size requirements.- 7.3 Non-linearity.- 7.4 Applicability.- 8 Plane stress and transitional behaviour.- 8.1 Introduction.- 8.2 An engineering concept of plane stress.- 8.3 The R curve concept.- 8.4 The thickness effect.- 8.5 Plane stress testing.- 8.6 Closure.- 9 Elastic-plastic fracture.- 9.1 Fracture beyond general yield.- 9.2 The crack tip opening displacement.- 9.3 The possible use of the CTOD criterion.- 9.4 Experimental determination of CTOd.- 9.5 Parameters affecting the critical CTOD.- 9.6 Limitations, fracture at general yield.- 9.7 Use of the J integral.- 9.8 Limitations of the J integral.- 9.9 Measurement of JIc and JR.- 9.10 Closure.- 10 Fatigue crack propagation.- 10.1 Introduction.- 10.2 Crack growth and the stress intensity factor.- 10.3 Factors affecting crack propagation.- 10.4 Variable amplitude service loading.- 10.5 Retardation models.- 10.6 Similitude.- 10.7 Small cracks.- 10.8 Closure.- 11 Fracture resistance of materials.- 11.1 Fracture criteria.- 11.2 Fatigue cracking criteria.- 11.3 The effect of alloying and second phase particles.- 11.4 Effect of processing, anisotropy.- 11.5 Effect of temperature.- 11.6 Closure.- II Applications.- 12 Fail-safety and damage tolerance.- 12.1 Introduction.- 12.2 Means to provide fail-safety.- 12.3 Required information for fracture mechanics approach.- 12.4 Closure.- 13 Determination of stress intensity factors.- 13.1 Introduction.- 13.2 Analytical and numerical methods.- 13.3 Finite element methods.- 13.4 Experimental methods.- 14 Practical problems.- 14.1 Introduction.- 14.2 Through cracks emanating from holes.- 14.3 Corner cracks at holes.- 14.4 Cracks approaching holes.- 14.5 Combined loading.- 14.6 Fatigue crack growth under mixed mode loading.- 14.7 Biaxial loading.- 14.8 Fracture toughness of weldments.- 14.9 Service failure analysis.- 15 Fracture of structures.- 15.1 Introduction.- 15.2 Pressure vessels and pipelines.- 15.3 “Leak-bcfore-break” criterion.- 15.4 Material selection.- 15.5 The use of the J integral for structural analysis.- 15.6 Collapse analysis.- 15.7 Accuracy of fracture calculations.- 16 Stiffened sheet structures.- 16.1 Introduction.- 16.2 Analysis.- 16.3 Fatigue crack propagation.- 16.4 Residual strength.- 16.5 The R curve and the residual strength of stiffened panels.- 16.6 Other analysis methods.- 16.7 Crack arrest.- 16.8 Closure.- 17 Prediction of fatigue crack growth.- 17.1 Introduction.- 17.2 The load spectrum.- 17.3 Approximation of the stress spectrum.- 17.4 Generation of a stress history.- 17.5 Crack growth integration.- 17.6 Accuracy of predictions.- 17.7 Safety factors.- Author index.","brand":"Springer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743232274775,"sku":"9789024725809","price":104.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"introduction-to-dynamics-9789811060946","title":"Introduction to Dynamics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is intended to serve as a text on dynamics for undergraduate students of engineering. The book provides in-depth discussions of the fundamentals of Newtonian mechanics, more commonly known as dynamics. Drawing on the author’s extensive experience in teaching the subject of dynamics at two Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs) and the Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology (IIEST), the book contains 498 line diagrams, 123 worked-out examples and 222 exercise problems. The answers to select exercise problems are provided at the end of the book. A wealth of detailed illustrations make the book ideally suited for both self self-study and classroom use at both introductory and secondary levels. Thus the book offers a valuable resource for both students and teachers of dynamics, addressing the main topics covered in core level courses on ‘Dynamics’ for students of civil, mechanical and aerospace engineering across the globe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: \u003c\/b\u003eIntroduction to the Science of Motion.- \u003cb\u003eChapter 2:\u003c\/b\u003e Kinematics of Particles.- \u003cb\u003eChapter 3: \u003c\/b\u003eKinetics of Particles.- \u003cb\u003eChapter 4:\u003c\/b\u003e Work and Energy.- Chapter 5: Impulse and Momentum.- \u003cb\u003eChapter 6:\u003c\/b\u003e Dynamics of Rigid Bodies in Plane Motion.- \u003cb\u003eChapter 7:\u003c\/b\u003e Special Topics.- \u003cb\u003eAppendix: A\u003c\/b\u003e.- Unit Multiplies.- Important Physical Quantities.- Moment of Inertia of Rigid Bodies.\u003cb\u003eAppendix B: \u003c\/b\u003eAnswers to Exercise problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743274086743,"sku":"9789811060946","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811060946.jpg?v=1720064872"},{"product_id":"reinforced-concrete-basic-theory-and-standards-9789811929199","title":"Reinforced Concrete: Basic Theory and Standards","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is intended to establish a bridge between the GB 50010, Fib MC2010, BS 8110 and ACI 318 or EC2. The respective pros and cons of different theories and methods according to various standards are compared or analyzed. Undergraduate and graduate students, foreign exchange students of international classes at Chinese universities who desire to work in China, or who are willing to work abroad in the field of civil engineering can benefit from the book. As such, this book provides valuable knowledge and useful design methods based on the different theories or guidelines.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1. Introduction.-  Chapter 2. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials.- Chapter 3. Limit State Design.- Chapter 4. Steel Reinforced Concrete Beams.- Chapter 5. Diagonal Section Strength subjected to Bending.- Chapter 6. Torsion Members.- Chapter 7. Compression Members – Columns.- Chapter 8. Tension Members.- Chapter 9. Limit State of Serviceability.- Chapter 10. Girder-Beam-Slab System.- Chapter 11. Prestressed Concrete.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743293190487,"sku":"9789811929199","price":42.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811929199.jpg?v=1723812657"},{"product_id":"computational-methods-for-plasticity-9780470694527","title":"Computational Methods for Plasticity","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe subject of computational plasticity encapsulates the numerical methods used for the finite element simulation of the behaviour of a wide range of engineering materials considered to be plastic - i.e. those that undergo a permanent change of shape in response to an applied force.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart One Basic concepts\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 1.1 Aims and scope\u003cbr\u003e 1.2 Layout\u003cbr\u003e 1.3 General scheme of notation\u003cbr\u003e   \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 ELEMENTS OF TENSOR ANALYSIS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 2.1 Vectors\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 Second-order tensors\u003cbr\u003e 2.3 Higher-order tensors\u003cbr\u003e 2.4 Isotropic tensors\u003cbr\u003e 2.5 Differentiation\u003cbr\u003e 2.6 Linearisation of nonlinear problems\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 THERMODYNAMICS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3.1 Kinematics of deformation\u003cbr\u003e 3.2 Infinitesimal deformations\u003cbr\u003e 3.3 Forces. Stress Measures\u003cbr\u003e 3.4 Fundamental laws of thermodynamics\u003cbr\u003e 3.5 Constitutive theory\u003cbr\u003e 3.6 Weak equilibrium. The principle of virtual work\u003cbr\u003e 3.7 The quasi-static initial boundary value problem\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 The finite element method in quasi-static nonlinear solid mechanics\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 4.1 Displacement-based finite elements\u003cbr\u003e 4.2 Path-dependent materials. The incremental finite element procedure\u003cbr\u003e 4.3 Large strain formulation\u003cbr\u003e 4.4 Unstable equilibrium. The arc-length method\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Overview of the program structure\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e 5.2 The main program\u003cbr\u003e 5.3 Data input and initialisation\u003cbr\u003e 5.4 The load incrementation loop. Overview\u003cbr\u003e 5.5 Material and element modularity\u003cbr\u003e 5.6 Elements. Implementation and management\u003cbr\u003e 5.7 Material models: implementation and management\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart Two Small strains\u003cbr\u003e 6 The mathematical theory of plasticity\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e6.1 Phenomenological aspects\u003cbr\u003e 6.2 One-dimensional constitutive model\u003cbr\u003e 6.3 General elastoplastic constitutive model\u003cbr\u003e 6.4 Classical yield criteria\u003cbr\u003e 6.5 Plastic flow rules\u003cbr\u003e 6.6 Hardening laws\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Finite elements in small-strain plasticity problems\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e7.1 Preliminary implementation aspects\u003cbr\u003e 7.2 General numerical integration algorithm for elastoplastic constitutive equations\u003cbr\u003e 7.3 Application: integration algorithm for the isotropically hardening von Mises model\u003cbr\u003e 7.4 The consistent tangent modulus\u003cbr\u003e 7.5 Numerical examples with the von Mises model\u003cbr\u003e 7.6 Further application: the von Mises model with nonlinear mixed hardening\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Computations with other basic plasticity models\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 8.1 The Tresca model\u003cbr\u003e 8.2 The Mohr-Coulomb model\u003cbr\u003e 8.3 The Drucker-Prager model\u003cbr\u003e 8.4 Examples\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Plane stress plasticity\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 9.1 The basic plane stress plasticity problem\u003cbr\u003e 9.2 Plane stress constraint at the Gauss point level\u003cbr\u003e 9.3 Plane stress constraint at the structural level\u003cbr\u003e 9.4 Plane stress-projected plasticity models\u003cbr\u003e 9.5 Numerical examples\u003cbr\u003e 9.6 Other stress-constrained states\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Advanced plasticity models\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 10.1 A modified Cam-Clay model for soils\u003cbr\u003e 10.2 A capped Drucker-Prager model for geomaterials\u003cbr\u003e 10.3 Anisotropic plasticity: the Hill, Hoffman and Barlat-Lian models\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Viscoplasticity\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 11.1 Viscoplasticity: phenomenological aspects\u003cbr\u003e 11.2 One-dimensional viscoplasticity model\u003cbr\u003e 11.3 A von Mises-based multidimensional model\u003cbr\u003e 11.4 General viscoplastic constitutive model\u003cbr\u003e 11.5 General numerical framework\u003cbr\u003e 11.6 Application: computational implementation of a von Mises-based model\u003cbr\u003e 11.7 Examples\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Damage mechanics\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 12.1 Physical aspects of internal damage in solids\u003cbr\u003e 12.2 Continuum damage mechanics\u003cbr\u003e 12.3 Lemaitre's elastoplastic damage theory\u003cbr\u003e 12.4 A simplified version of Lemaitre's model\u003cbr\u003e 12.5 Gurson's void growth model\u003cbr\u003e 12.6 Further issues in damage modelling\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart Three Large strains\u003cbr\u003e 13 Finite strain hyperelasticity\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e13.1 Hyperelasticity: basic concepts\u003cbr\u003e 13.2 Some particular models\u003cbr\u003e 13.3 Isotropic finite hyperelasticity in plane stress\u003cbr\u003e 13.4 Tangent moduli: the elasticity tensors\u003cbr\u003e 13.5 Application: Ogden material implementation\u003cbr\u003e 13.6 Numerical examples\u003cbr\u003e 13.7 Hyperelasticity with damage: the Mullins effect\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e14 Finite strain elastoplasticity\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e14.1 Finite strain elastoplasticity: a brief review\u003cbr\u003e 14.2 One-dimensional finite plasticity model\u003cbr\u003e 14.3 General hyperelastic-based multiplicative plasticity model\u003cbr\u003e 14.4 The general elastic predictor\/return-mapping algorithm\u003cbr\u003e 14.5 The consistent spatial tangent modulus\u003cbr\u003e 14.6 Principal stress space-based implementation\u003cbr\u003e 14.7 Finite plasticity in plane stress\u003cbr\u003e 14.8 Finite viscoplasticity\u003cbr\u003e 14.9 Examples\u003cbr\u003e 14.10 Rate forms: hypoelastic-based plasticity models\u003cbr\u003e 14.11 Finite plasticity with kinematic hardening\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Finite elements for large-strain incompressibility\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 15.1 The F-bar methodology\u003cbr\u003e 15.2 Enhanced assumed strain methods\u003cbr\u003e 15.3 Mixed u\/p formulations\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Anisotropic finite plasticity: Single crystals\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 16.1 Physical aspects\u003cbr\u003e 16.2 Plastic slip and the Schmid resolved shear stress\u003cbr\u003e 16.3 Single crystal simulation: a brief review\u003cbr\u003e 16.4 A general continuum model of single crystals\u003cbr\u003e 16.5 A general integration algorithm\u003cbr\u003e 16.6 An algorithm for a planar double-slip model\u003cbr\u003e 16.7 The consistent spatial tangent modulus\u003cbr\u003e 16.8 Numerical examples\u003cbr\u003e 16.9 Viscoplastic single crystals\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices\u003cbr\u003e A Isotropic functions of a symmetric tensor\u003cbr\u003e A.1 Isotropic scalar-valued functions\u003cbr\u003e A.1.1 Representation\u003cbr\u003e A.1.2 The derivative of anisotropic scalar function\u003cbr\u003e A.2 Isotropic tensor-valued functions\u003cbr\u003e A.2.1 Representation\u003cbr\u003e A.2.2 The derivative of anisotropic tensor function\u003cbr\u003e A.3 The two-dimensional case\u003cbr\u003e A.3.1 Tensor function derivative\u003cbr\u003e A.3.2 Plane strain and axisymmetric problems\u003cbr\u003e A.4 The three-dimensional case\u003cbr\u003e A.4.1 Function computation\u003cbr\u003e A.4.2 Computation of the function derivative\u003cbr\u003e A.5 A particular class of isotropic tensor functions\u003cbr\u003e A.5.1 Two dimensions\u003cbr\u003e A.5.2 Three dimensions\u003cbr\u003e A.6 Alternative procedures\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB The tensor exponential\u003cbr\u003e B.1 The tensor exponential function\u003cbr\u003e B.1.1 Some properties of the tensor exponential function\u003cbr\u003e B.1.2 Computation of the tensor exponential function\u003cbr\u003e B.2 The tensor exponential derivative\u003cbr\u003e B.2.1 Computer implementation\u003cbr\u003e B.3 Exponential map integrators\u003cbr\u003e B.3.1 The generalised exponential map midpoint rule\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC Linearisation of the virtual work\u003cbr\u003e C.1 Infinitesimal deformations\u003cbr\u003e C.2 Finite strains and deformations\u003cbr\u003e C.2.1 Material description\u003cbr\u003e C.2.2 Spatial description\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eD Array notation for computations with tensors\u003cbr\u003e D.1 Second-order tensors\u003cbr\u003e D.2 Fourth-order tensors\u003cbr\u003e D.2.1 Operations with non-symmetric tensors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e Index\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864638239063,"sku":"9780470694527","price":121.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470694527.jpg?v=1722272841"},{"product_id":"mechanics-of-materials-for-dummies-9780470942734","title":"Mechanics of Materials for Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYour ticket to excelling in mechanics of materials    With roots in physics and mathematics, engineering mechanics is the basis of all the mechanical sciences: civil engineering, materials science and engineering, mechanical engineering, and aeronautical and aerospace engineering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Setting the Stage for Mechanics of Materials 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Predicting Behavior with Mechanics of Materials 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Reviewing Mathematics and Units Used in Mechanics of Materials 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Brushing Up on Statics Basics 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Calculating Properties of Geometric Areas 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Computing Moments of Area and Other Inertia Calculations 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: Analyzing Stress 83\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Remain Calm, It’s Only Stress! 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: More than Meets the Eye: Transforming Stresses 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Lining Up Stress Along Axial Axes 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Bending Stress Is Only Normal: Analyzing Bending Members 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Shear Madness: Surveying Shear Stress 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Twisting the Night Away with Torsion 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: Investigating Strain 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Don’t Strain Yourself: Exploring Strain and Deformation 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Applying Transformation Concepts to Strain 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Correlating Stresses and Strains to Understand Deformation 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: Applying Stress and Strain 233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Calculating Combined Stresses 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: When Push Comes to Shove: Dealing with Deformations 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Showing Determination When Dealing with Indeterminate Structures 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Buckling Up for Compression Members 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Designing for Required Section Properties 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Introducing Energy Methods 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: The Part of Tens 343\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Ten Mechanics of Materials Pitfalls to Avoid 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: Ten Tips to Solving Mechanics of Materials Problems 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 355 \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864642695511,"sku":"9780470942734","price":17.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470942734.jpg?v=1722272864"},{"product_id":"nonlinear-solid-mechanics-9780471823193","title":"Nonlinear Solid Mechanics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNonlinear Solid Mechanics a Continuum Approach for Engineering Gerhard A. Holzapfel Graz University of Technology, Austria With a modern, comprehensive approach directed towards computational mechanics, this book covers a unique combination of subjects at present unavailable in any other text.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"…this book is really outstanding because it fills a gap in the scientific literature…\" (Meccanica, No.37 2002)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction to Vectors and Tensors.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Kinematics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The Concept of Stress.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Balance Principles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Some Aspects of Objectivity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Hyperelastic Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Thermodynamics of Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Variational Principles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e References.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864653050199,"sku":"9780471823193","price":55.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471823193.jpg?v=1722272909"},{"product_id":"structural-analysis-with-the-finite-element-method-linear-statics-9781402087424","title":"Structural Analysis with the Finite Element","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction to structural analysis by the Finite Element Method. 2. 1D finite elements for axially loaded rods. 3. Advanced 1D rod elements and requirements for the numerical solution. 4. 2D solids. Linear triangular and rectangular elements. 5. 2D solids. Higher order elements. Shape functions and isoparametric formulation. 6. Axisymmetric solids. 7. Three dimensional solids. 8. Bending of slender beams. Euler-Bemouilli theory. 9. Thick\/slender beams. Timoshenko theory. 10. Thin plates. Kirchhoffs theory. 11. Thick\/thin plates. Reissner-Mindlin theory. 12. Analysis of shells using flat elements. 13. Axisymmetric shells. 14. Analysis of arbitrary shape shells using degenerate solid elements. 15. Three-dimensional rods and shell stiffness. 16. Prismatic structures. Finite strip and finite prism methods. 17. Miscellaneous: inclined supports, displacements, constrains, nodal condensation error estimation and mesh adaptivity etc. 18. Pre and post-processing. Mesh generation and visu\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction to structural analysis by the Finite Element Method. 2. 1D finite elements for axially loaded rods. 3. Advanced 1D rod elements and requirements for the numerical solution. 4. 2D solids. Linear triangular and rectangular elements. 5. 2D solids. Higher order elements. Shape functions and isoparametric formulation. 6. Axisymmetric solids. 7. Three dimensional solids. 8. Bending of slender beams. Euler-Bemouilli theory. 9. Thick\/slender beams. Timoshenko theory. 10. Thin plates. Kirchhoffs theory. 11. Thick\/thin plates. Reissner-Mindlin theory. 12. Analysis of shells using flat elements. 13. Axisymmetric shells. 14. Analysis of arbitrary shape shells using degenerate solid elements. 15. Three-dimensional rods and shell stiffness. 16. Prismatic structures. Finite strip and finite prism methods. 17. Miscellaneous: inclined supports, displacements, constrains, nodal condensation error estimation and mesh adaptivity etc. 18. Pre and post-processing. Mesh generation and visualization of computer results. 19. Introduction to FEM programming.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer-Verlag New York Inc.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866705047895,"sku":"9781402087424","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781402087424.jpg?v=1722279844"},{"product_id":"mechanics-of-materials-8th-edition-si-units-9789813158979","title":"Mechanics Of Materials 8th Edition, Si Units","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1) Introduction-Concept ofStress\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e2) Stress and Strain-AxialLoading\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e3) Torsion\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e4) Pure Bending\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e5) Analysis and Design ofBeams for Bending\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e6) Shearing Stresses inBeams and Thin-Walled Members\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e7) Transformations ofStress and Strain\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e8) Principal StressesUnder a Given Loading\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e9) Deflection of Beams\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e10) Columns\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e11) Energy Methods\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendices\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA - Principal Units Usedin Mechanics\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eB - Centroids and Momentsof Areas\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eC - Centroids and Momentsof Inertia of Common Geometric Shapes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eD - Typical Properties ofSelected Materials Used in Engineering\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eE - Properties ofRolled-Steel Shapes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eF - Beam Deflections andSlopes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003eG - Fundamentals ofEngineering Examination","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48869597446487,"sku":"9789813158979","price":56.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789813158979.jpg?v=1722293570"},{"product_id":"a-primer-on-theoretical-soil-mechanics-9781009210331","title":"A Primer on Theoretical Soil Mechanics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA Primer to Theoretical Soil Mechanics is about adapting continuum mechanics to granular materials. The field of continuum mechanics offers many fruitful concepts and methods, however there is declining interest in the field due to its complex and fragmented nature. This book''s purpose is therefore to facilitate the understanding of the theoretical principles of soil mechanics, as well as introducing the new theory of barodesy. This title argues for barodesy as a simple alternative to the plasticity theory used currently and provides a systematic insight into this new constitutive model for granular materials. This book therefore introduces a complex field from a fresh and innovative perspective using simple concepts, succinct equations and explanatory sketches. Intended for advanced undergraduates, graduates and PhD students, this title is also apt for researchers seeking advanced training on fundamental topics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'The last several decades have seen a surge of papers on the constitutive modelling of soils, the vast majority of them based on complex and often obscure plasticity concepts. Scientists not specializing in the field lost track and got largely confused. The present book by one of the most prominent scholars in the field succeeds in structuring both the fundamentals and the essential knowledge gained hitherto in a very appealing concise form … The underlying principles are easy to follow and the resulting equations astonishingly short. Predictions of the soil response reproduce all essential features observed in experiments. Besides theory, the text contains justified criticism on current issues in civil engineering. The book is a pleasure to read, and will hopefully become, especially for young scientists, a guide to navigate through the complex field of soil mechanics.' Christos Vrettos, Technical University of Kaiserslautern\u003cbr\u003e'With this book, Prof. Kolymbas has successfully created a future reference work in which the connections between continuum mechanics and soil mechanics are presented clearly and precisely. The author systematically bridges the topics of soil mechanics with continuum mechanics. First, the basic to more manifold soil behavior is introduced, followed by the basics of continuum mechanics. Later, an introduction to different frameworks for modelling soils, such as Plasticity, Hypoplasticity and Barodesy, is given. Prof Kolymbas has created an objective book written with passion and inspiration.' Hans Henning Stutz, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Institute for Soil Mechanics and Rock Mechanics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface. 1. Granular materials as soft solids; 2. Mechanical behaviour of soil – experimental results; 3. Mechanical behaviour of soil – intuitively; 4. Vectors and tensors; 5. Fields; 6. Deformation; 7. Stress; 8. Conservation laws (balance equations); 9. Internal friction and shear strength; 10. Collapse; 11. Constitutive equations; 12. Elasticity; 13. Elastic waves; 14. Plasticity theory; 15. Hypoplasticity; 16. Barodesy; 17. Uniqueness; 18. Symmetry; 19. Interaction with water; 20. Computing in soil mechanics; 21. Outlook. References. Index.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49083791769943,"sku":"9781009210331","price":47.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781009210331.jpg?v=1725550035"},{"product_id":"thermal-stresses-advanced-theory-and-applications-9783030104351","title":"Thermal Stresses—Advanced Theory and Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an advanced modern textbook on thermal stresses. It serves a wide range of readers, in particular, graduate and postgraduate students, scientists, researchers in various industrial and government institutes, and engineers working in mechanical, civil, and aerospace engineering. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis volume covers diverse areas of applied mathematics, continuum mechanics, stress analysis, and mechanical design. This work treats a number of topics not presented in other books on thermal stresses, for example: theory of coupled and generalized thermoelasticity, finite and boundary element method in generalized thermoelasticity, thermal stresses in functionally graded structures, and thermal expansions of piping systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book starts from basic concepts and principles, and these are developed to more advanced levels as the text progresses. Nevertheless, some basic knowledge on the part of the reader is expected in classical mechanics, stress analysis, and mathematics, including vector and cartesian tensor analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 2nd enhanced edition includes a new chapter on Thermally Induced Vibrations. The method of stiffness is added to Chapter 7. The variational principle for the Green-Lindsay and Green-Naghdi models have been added to Chapter 2 and equations of motion and compatibility equations in spherical coordinates to Chapter 3. Additional problems at the end of chapters were added. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: Basic Laws of Thermoelasticity.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Stresses and Tractions.- 3 Equations of Motion.- 4 Coordinate Transformation. Principal Axes.- 5 Principal Stresses and Stress Invariants.- 6 Displacement and Strain Tensor.- 7 Compatibility Equations. Simply Connected Region.- 8 Compatibility Conditions. Multiply Connected Regions.- 9 Constitutive Laws of Linear Thermoelasticity.- 10 Displacement Formulation of Thermoelasticity.- 11 Stress Formulation of Thermoelasticity.- 12 Two-Dimensional Thermoelasticity.- 13 Michell Conditions.- 14 Problems.- Chapter 2: Thermodynamics of Elastic Continuum.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Thermodynamics Definitions.- 3 First Law of Thermodynamics.- 4 Second Law of Thermodynamics.- 5 Variational Formulation of Thermodynamics.- 6 Thermodynamics of Elastic Continuum.- 7 General Theory of Thermoelasticity.- 8 Free Energy Function of Hookean Materials.- 9 Fourier’s Law and Heat Conduction Equation.- 10 Generalized Thermoelasticity, Second Sound.- 11 Thermoelasticity without Energy Dissipation.- 12 A Unified Generalized Thermoelasticity.- 13 Uniqueness Theorem.- 14 Variational Principle of Thermoelasticity.- 15 Reciprocity Theorem.- 16 Initial and Boundary Conditions.- 17 Problems.- Chapter 3: Basic Problems of Thermoelasticity.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Temperature Distribution for Zero Thermal Stress.- 3 Analogy of Thermal Gradient with Body Forces.- 4 General Solution of Thermoelastic Problems.- 5 Solution of Two-Dimensional Navier Equations.- 6 General Solution in Cylindrical Coordinates.- 7 Solution of Problems in Spherical Coordinates.- 8 Problems.- Chapter 4: Heat Conduction Problems.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Problems in Rectangular Cartesian Coordinates.- 3 Problems in Cylindrical Coordinates.- 4 Problems in Spherical Coordinates.- 5 Problems.- Chapter 5: Thermal Stresses in Beams.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Thermal Stresses in Beams.- 3 Deflection Equation of Beams.- 4 Boundary Conditions.- 5 Shear Stress in a Beam.- 6 Beams of Rectangular Cross Section.- 7 Transient Stresses in Rectangular Beams.- 8 Beam with Internal Heat Generation.- 9 Bimetallic Beam.- 10 Functionally Graded Beams.- 11 Transient Stresses in FGM Beams.- 12 Thermal Stresses in Thin Curved Beams and Rings.- 13 Deflection of Thin Curved Beams and Rings.- 14 Problems.- Chapter 6: Disks, Cylinders, and Spheres 2591 Introduction.- 2 Cylinders with Radial Temperature Variation.- 3 Thermal Stresses in Disks.- 4 Thick Spheres.- 5 Thermal Stresses in a Rotating Disk.- 6 Non-axisymmetrically Heated Cylinders.- 7 Method of Complex Variables.- 8 Functionally Graded Thick Cylinders.- 9 Axisymmetric Stresses in FGM Cylinders.- 10 Transient Thermal Stresses in Thick Spheres.- 11 Functionally Graded Spheres .- 12 Problems.- Chapter 7: Thermal Expansion in Piping Systems.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Definition of the Elastic Center.- 3 Piping Systems in Two Dimensions.- 4 Piping Systems in Three Dimensions.- 5 Pipelines with Large Radius Elbows.- 6 Stiffness Method.- 7 Rotation Matrix.- 8 Transformation Matrix.- 9 Flexibility Matrix of a Single Member.- 10 Flexibility Matrix of a Branch.- 11 Flexibility Matrix of a Straight Member.- 12 Flexibility Matrix of a Bend Member.- 13 Problems.- Chapter 8: Coupled and Generalized Thermoelasticity.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Governing Equations of Coupled Thermoelasticity.- 3 Coupled Thermoelasticity for Infinite Space.- 4 Variable Heat Source.- 5 One-Dimensional Coupled Problem.- 6 Propagation of Discontinuities.- 7 Half-Space Subjected to a Harmonic Temperature.- 8 Coupled Thermoelasticity of Thick Cylinders.- 9 Green–Naghdi Model of a Layer.- 10 Generalized Thermoelasticity of Layers.- 11 Generalized Thermoelasticity in Spheres and Cylinders.- 12 Problems.- Chapter 9: Finite and Boundary Element Methods.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Galerkin Finite Element.- 3 Functionally Graded Layers.- 4 Coupled Thermoelasticity of Thick Spheres.- 5 Generalized Thermoelasticity of FG Spheres.- 6 Generalized Thermoelasticity of FG Disk.- 7 Higher Order Elements.- 8 Functionally Graded Beams.- 9 Thermally Nonlinear GeneralizedThermoelasticity.- 10 Boundary Element Formulation.- Chapter 10: Thermally Induced Vibrations.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Thermally Induced Vibrations of Isotropic Beams.- 3 Thermally Induced Vibration of FGM Beams.- 4 Thermally Induced Vibration of Shallow Arches.- Chapter 11: Creep Analysis.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Creep of Metals.- 3 Constitutive Equation of Uniaxial Creep.- 4 Creep Relaxation, Linear Rheological Models.- 5 Three-Dimensional Governing Equations.- 6 Creep Potential, General Theory of Creep.- 7 Stress Function for Creep Problems.- 8 Creep Linearization.- 9 Creep Relaxation of Axisymmetric Stresses.- 10 Creep Relaxation of Non-axisymmetric Stresses.- 11 Thermoelastic Creep Relaxation in Beams.12 Problems.- Subject Index.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49084748071255,"sku":"9783030104351","price":74.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030104351.jpg?v=1725553216"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-materials-science-the-microstructure-property-relationship-using-metals-as-model-systems-9783030600587","title":"Fundamentals of Materials Science: The","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis textbook offers a strong introduction to the fundamental concepts of materials science. It conveys the quintessence of this interdisciplinary field, distinguishing it from merely solid-state physics and solid-state chemistry, using metals as model systems to elucidate the relation between microstructure and materials properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMittemeijer's \u003ci\u003eFundamentals of Materials Science\u003c\/i\u003e provides a consistent treatment of the subject matter with a special focus on the microstructure-property relationship. Richly illustrated and thoroughly referenced, it is the ideal adoption for an entire undergraduate, and even graduate, course of study in materials science and engineering. It delivers a solid background against which more specialized texts can be studied, covering the necessary breadth of key topics such as crystallography, structure defects, phase equilibria and transformations, diffusion and kinetics, and mechanical properties. The success of the first edition has led to this updated and extended second edition, featuring detailed discussion of electron microscopy, supermicroscopy and diffraction methods, an extended treatment of diffusion in solids, and a separate chapter on phase transformation kinetics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e“In a lucid and masterly manner, the ways in which the microstructure can affect a host of basic phenomena in metals are described.... By consistently staying with the postulated topic of the microstructure - property relationship, this book occupies a singular position within the broad spectrum of comparable materials science literature .... it will also be of permanent value as a reference book for background refreshing, not least because of its unique annotated intermezzi; an ambitious, remarkable work.”\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003cbr\u003e G. Petzow in \u003ci\u003eInternational Journal of Materials Research.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e“The biggest strength of the book is the discussion of the structure-property relationships, which the author has accomplished admirably.... In a nutshell, the book should not be looked at as a quick ‘cook book’ type text, but as a serious, critical treatise for some significant time to come.”\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e G.S. Upadhyaya in \u003ci\u003eScience of Sintering.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e“The role of lattice defects in deformation processes is clearly illustrated using excellent diagrams . Included are many footnotes, ‘Intermezzos’, ‘Epilogues’ and asides within the text from the author’s experience. This ..... soon becomes valued for the interesting insights into the subject and shows the human side of its history. Overall this book provides a refreshing treatment of this important subject and should prove a useful addition to the existing text books available to undergraduate and graduate students and researchers in the field of materials science.”\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e M. Davies in \u003ci\u003eMaterials World.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e“This is a quite comprehensive book with over 700 pages and excellent integration of figures, tables, and equations. … They provide great insights into the relationships between structure and properties that are fundamental to all materials scientists. … the book finds an excellent balance between theory and practical application. … Overall, Fundamentals of Materials Science: The Microstructure-Property Relationship Using Metals as Model Systems (Second Edition) by Eric J. Mittemeijer is an invaluable contribution to materials science.” (David P. Cann, Journal of Materials Science, Vol. 57, 2022)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface.- Dedication.- Foreword.- Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Electronic Structure of the Atom; the Periodic Table.- Chapter 3. Chemical Bonding in Solids;with Excursions to Material Properties.- Chapter 4. Crystallography.- Chapter 5. The Crystal Imperfection; Structure Defects.- Chapter 6. Analysis of the Microstructure; Analysis of Structural Imperfection: Light and Electron Microscopical and (X-ray) Diffraction Methods.- Chapter 7. Phase Equilibria.- Chapter 8. Diffusion.- Chapter 9. Phase Transformations: Introduction and Typology.- Chapter 10. Phase Transformations: Kinetics.- Chapter 11. Recovery, Recrystallization and Grain Growth.- Chapter 12. Mechanical Strength of Materials.- Index.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49372688712023,"sku":"9783030600587","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030600587.jpg?v=1730163814"},{"product_id":"springer-handbook-of-experimental-solid-mechanics-9780387268835","title":"Springer Handbook of Experimental Solid Mechanics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart A Solid Mechanics Topics\u003c\/strong\u003e Chap.  1\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eAnalytical Mechanics of Solids.- Chap. 2 Materials Science for the Experimental Mechanist.- Chap. 3 Polymers and Viscoelasticity.- Chap. 4 Composite Materials.- Chap. 5 Fracture Mechanics.- Chap. 6 Active Materials.- Chap. 7 Biological Soft Tissues.- Chap. 8 Ionic Polymer-Metal Composites.- Chap. 9 MEMS and NEMS.- Chap. 10 Hybrid Methods. Chap. 11 Statistical Analysis of Experimental Data.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart B Contact Methods\u003c\/strong\u003e Chap. 12 Electrical Resistance Strain Gages.- Chap. 13 Extensometers.- Chap. 14 Fiber Strain Gages.- Chap. 15 Residual Stress Measurement.- Chap. 16 Nanoindentation.- Chap. 17 Atomic Force Microscopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart C Noncontact Methods\u003c\/strong\u003e Chap. 18 Basics of Optics.- Chap. 19 Image Analysis and Processing.- Chap. 20 Digital Image Correlation.- Chap. 21 Geometric Moiré.- Chap. 22 Moiré Interferometry.- Chap. 23 Speckle Methods.- Chap. 24\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart A Solid Mechanics Topics\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003ePart A presents topics that fall within the purview of solid mechanics. The first five chapters cover familiar ground, but the next four present new material systems along with the new topics of MEMS and NEMS. The last two chapters describe methods of interpreting the results of tests.\u003cbr\u003eChap. 1\u003cb\u003e \u003c\/b\u003eAnalytical Mechanics of Solids \u003cbr\u003eChap. 2 Materials Science for the Experimental Mechanist \u003cbr\u003eChap. 3 Polymers and Viscoelasticity\u003cbr\u003eChap. 4 Composite Materials\u003cbr\u003eChap. 5 Fracture Mechanics\u003cbr\u003eChap. 6 Active Materials\u003cbr\u003eChap. 7 Biological Soft Tissues \u003cbr\u003eChap. 8 Ionic Polymer-Metal Composites\u003cbr\u003eChap. 9 MEMS and NEMS\u003cbr\u003eChap. 10 Hybrid Methods\u003cbr\u003eChap. 11 Statistical Analysis of Experimental Data\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart B Contact Methods\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003ePart B starts with three practical chapters on the ‘backbones’ of experimental solid mechanics – strain gages and extensometers – followed by another mainstay – residual stress measurement. Nanoindentation is becoming more widely used for material property determination as is atomic force microscopy.\u003cbr\u003eChap. 12 Electrical Resistance Strain Gages\u003cbr\u003eChap. 13 Extensometers\u003cbr\u003eChap. 14 Fiber Strain Gages\u003cbr\u003eChap. 15 Residual Stress Measurement\u003cbr\u003eChap. 16 Nanoindentation\u003cbr\u003eChap. 17 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart C Noncontact Methods\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003ePart C is an overview of the rich field of optical methods in the first eight chapters ranging from modern versions of established such as photoelasticity to newer ones based on image analysis. Non-contacting methods at other wavelengths are described in the last three chapters.\u003cbr\u003eChap. 18 Basics of Optics\u003cbr\u003eChap. 19 Image Analysis and Processing\u003cbr\u003eChap. 20 Digital Image Correlation\u003cbr\u003eChap. 21 Geometric Moiré\u003cbr\u003eChap. 22 Moiré Interferometry\u003cbr\u003eChap. 23 Speckle Methods\u003cbr\u003eChap. 24 Holography\u003cbr\u003eChap. 25 Photoelasticity\u003cbr\u003eChap. 26 Thermoelastic Stress Analysis\u003cbr\u003eChap. 27 Photoacoustic Characterization of Materials\u003cbr\u003eChap. 28 X-Ray Stress Analysis\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart D Applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003ePart D presents applications of the methods and topics of the three previous parts to selected topics – all of which are new and important areas of modern technology. These are examples that demonstrate the breadth and depth of experimental solid mechanics.\u003cbr\u003eChap. 29 Optical Methods\u003cbr\u003eChap. 30 Mechanical Testing at the Micro\/Nano Scale\u003cbr\u003eChap. 31 Biological Tissue Testing\u003cbr\u003eChap. 32 Biomedical Devices and Biologically Inspired Materials\u003cbr\u003eChap. 33 High Strain Rate and Impact Testing\u003cbr\u003eChap. 34 Delamination Mechanics\u003cbr\u003eChap. 35 Structural Testing Applications\u003cbr\u003eChap. 36 Electronic Packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAbout the Authors.- Subject Index\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer-Verlag New York Inc.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49401969508695,"sku":"9780387268835","price":251.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780387268835.jpg?v=1730479004"},{"product_id":"the-duffing-equation-9780470715499","title":"The Duffing Equation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Duffing Equation: Nonlinear Oscillators and their Behaviour brings together the results of a wealth of disseminated research literature on the Duffing equation, a key engineering model with a vast number of applications in science and engineering, summarizing the findings of this research.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"The book is a very well written and tightly edited exposition, not only of Duffing equations, but also of the general behavior of nonlinear oscillators. The book is likely to be of interest and use to students, engineers, and researchers in the ongoing studies of nonlinear phenomena. The book cites over 340 references.\" (Zentralblatt MATH, 2011)  \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eList of Contributors.  \u003cp\u003ePreface.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Background: On Georg Duffing and the Duffing Equation\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eIvana Kovacic and Michael J. Brennan\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Historical perspective.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 A brief biography of Georg Duffing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The work of Georg Duffing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Contents of Duffing's book.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Research inspired by Duffing’s work.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Some other books on nonlinear dynamics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Overview of this book.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Examples of Physical Systems Described by the Duffing Equation\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eMichael J. Brennan and Ivana Kovacic\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Nonlinear stiffness.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The pendulum.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Example of geometrical nonlinearity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 A system consisting of the pendulum and nonlinear stiffness.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Snap-through mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Nonlinear isolator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Large deflection of a beam with nonlinear stiffness.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Beam with nonlinear stiffness due to inplane tension.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Nonlinear cable vibrations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Nonlinear electrical circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Free Vibration of a Duffing Oscillator with Viscous Damping\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eHiroshi Yabuno\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Fixed points and their stability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Local bifurcation analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Global analysis for softening nonlinear stiffness (γ\u0026lt; 0).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Global analysis for hardening nonlinear stiffness (γ\u0026lt; 0).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Analysis Techniques for the Various Forms of the Duffing Equation\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eLivija Cveticanin\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Exact solution for free oscillations of the Duffing equation with cubic nonlinearity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The elliptic harmonic balance method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 The elliptic Galerkin method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 The straightforward expansion method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 The elliptic Lindstedt–Poincaré method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Averaging methods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Elliptic homotopy methods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix AI: Jacob elliptic function and elliptic integrals.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4AII: The best \u003ci\u003eL\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e norm approximation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Forced Harmonic Vibration of a Duffing Oscillator with Linear Viscous Damping\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eTamas Kalmar-Nagy and Balakumar Balachandran\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Free and forced responses of the linear oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Amplitude and phase responses of the Duffing oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Periodic solutions, Poincare sections, and bifurcations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Global dynamics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Forced Harmonic Vibration of a Duffing Oscillator with Different Damping Mechanisms\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eAsok Kumar Mallik\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Classification of nonlinear characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Harmonically excited Duffing oscillator with generalised damping.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Viscous damping.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Nonlinear damping in a hardening system.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Nonlinear damping in a softening system.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Nonlinear damping in a double-well potential oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Forced Harmonic Vibration in a Duffing Oscillator with Negative Linear Stiffness and Linear Viscous Damping\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eStefano Lenci and Giuseppe Rega\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Literature survey.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Dynamics of conservative and nonconservative systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Nonlinear periodic oscillations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Transition to complex response.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Nonclassical analyses.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Forced Harmonic Vibration of an Asymmetric Duffing Oscillator\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eIvana Kovacic and Michael J. Brennan\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Models of the systems under consideration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Regular response of the pure cubic oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Regular response of the single-well Helmholtz–Duffing oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Chaotic response of the pure cubic oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Chaotic response of the single-well Helmholtz–Duffing oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Summary.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix Translation of Sections from Duffing's Original Book\u003c\/b\u003e (\u003ci\u003eKeith Worden and Heather Worden\u003c\/i\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlossary.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402418004311,"sku":"9780470715499","price":102.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470715499.jpg?v=1730480337"},{"product_id":"mechanics-and-physics-of-porous-solids-9780470721353","title":"Mechanics and Physics of Porous Solids","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Mechanics of Porous Solids addresses the physics and mechanics of deformable porous materials, whose porous space is filled by one or several fluid mixtures interacting with the solid matrix.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eForeword  \u003cp\u003e1 The Strange World of Porous Solids\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Fluid Mixtures\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Chemical potential\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Gibbs-Duhem Equality\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Ideal Mixtures\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Regular Solutions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 The Deformable Porous Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Strain\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Stress\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Strain Work\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 From Solids to Porous Solids\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 The Saturated Poroelastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 The Poroelastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Filling the Porous Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The Thermoporoelastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 The Poroviscoelastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Fluid Transport and Deformation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Transport Laws\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Coupling the Deformation and the Flow\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Consolidation of a Soil Layer\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Surface Energy and Capillarity\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Physics and Mechanics of Interfaces\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Capillarity in Porous Solids\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Transport in Unsaturated Porous Solids\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 The Unsaturated Poroelastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Interface Stress as a Pre-Stress\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Energy Balance for the Unsaturated Porous Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 The Linear Unsaturated Poroelastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Extending Linear Unsaturated Poroelasticity\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Uncon.ned Phase Transition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Chemical Potential and Phase Transition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Liquid-Vapor Transition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Liquid-Solid Transition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Gas bubble formation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Surface Energy and Phase Transition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Phase Transition in Porous Solids\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 In-Pore Phase Transition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Kinetics and Mechanics of Drying\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Mechanics of Con.ned Crystallization\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 The Poroplastic Solid\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Basic Concepts of Plasticity\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 From Plasticity to Poroplasticity\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 From material to structure\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 By Way of Conclusion\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402418233687,"sku":"9780470721353","price":93.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470721353.jpg?v=1730480339"},{"product_id":"beam-structures-classical-and-advanced-theories-9780470972007","title":"Beam Structures Classical and Advanced Theories","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeam theories are exploited worldwide to analyze civil, mechanical, automotive, and aerospace structures. Many beam approaches have been proposed during the last centuries by eminent scientists such as Euler, Bernoulli, Navier, Timoshenko, Vlasov, etc.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAbout the Authors ix\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction xiii\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Fundamental equations of continuous deformable bodies 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Displacement, strain, and stresses 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Equilibrium equations in terms of stress components and boundary conditions 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Strain displacement relations 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Constitutive relations: Hooke’s law 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Displacement approach via principle of virtual displacements 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 The Euler–Bernoulli and Timoshenko theories 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 The Euler–Bernoulli model 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Displacement field 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Strains 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Stresses and stress resultants 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Elastica 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Timoshenko model 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Displacement field 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Strains 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Stresses and stress resultants 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Elastica 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Bending of a cantilever beam: EBBT and TBT solutions 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 EBBT solution 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 TBT solution 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 A refined beam theory with in-plane stretching: the complete linear expansion case 23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 The CLEC displacement field 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 The importance of linear stretching terms 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 A finite element based on CLEC 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 EBBT, TBT, and CLEC in unified form 33\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Unified formulation of CLEC 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 EBBT and TBT as particular cases of CLEC 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Poisson locking and its correction 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Kinematic considerations of strains 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Physical considerations of strains 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 First remedy: use of higher-order kinematics 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Second remedy: modification of elastic coefficients 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Carrera Unified Formulation and refined beam theories 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Unified formulation 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Governing equations 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Strong form of the governing equations 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Weak form of the governing equations 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 The parabolic, cubic, quartic, and\u003c\/b\u003e \u003ci\u003e\u003cb\u003eN\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cb\u003e-order beam theories 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 The second-order beam model, \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e =2 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The third-order, \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e = 3, and the fourth-order, \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e = 4, beam models 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e-order beam models 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 CUF beam FE models: programming and implementation issue guidelines 73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Preprocessing and input descriptions 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 General FE inputs 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Specific CUF inputs 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 FEM code 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Stiffness and mass matrix 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Stiffness and mass matrix numerical examples 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Constraints and reduced models 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Load vector 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Postprocessing 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Stresses and strains 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Shell capabilities of refined beam theories 105\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 C-shaped cross-section and bending–torsional loading 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Thin-walled hollow cylinder 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Static analysis: detection of local effects due to a point load 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Free-vibration analysis: detection of shell-like natural modes 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Static and free-vibration analyses of an airfoil-shaped beam 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Free vibrations of a bridge-like beam 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Linearized elastic stability 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Critical buckling load classic solution 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Higher-order CUF models 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Governing equations, fundamental nucleus 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Closed form analytical solution 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Examples 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Beams made of functionally graded materials 133\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Functionally graded materials 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Material gradation laws 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Exponential gradation law 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Power gradation law 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Beam modeling 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Examples 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Multi-model beam theories via the Arlequin method 151\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Multi-model approaches 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Mono-theory approaches 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Multi-theory approaches 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 The Arlequin method in the context of the unified formulation 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Examples 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Guidelines and recommendations 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Axiomatic and asymptotic methods 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 The mixed axiomatic–asymptotic method 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Load effect 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Cross-section effect 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Output location effect 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Reduced models for different error inputs 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402470105431,"sku":"9780470972007","price":87.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470972007.jpg?v=1730480498"},{"product_id":"dynamics-of-flight-stability-and-control-9780471034186","title":"Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis revised text emphasizes the principles of the physics of flight. The increased importance of automatic control (AFCS) is reflected in an expanded chapter on this subject that prepares students for work with stability augmentation, autopilots and guidance systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStatic Stability and Control 1.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Static Stability and Control 2.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e General Equations of Unsteady Motion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The Stability Derivatives.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Stability of Uncontrolled Motion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Response to Actuation of the Controls-Open Loop.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Closed-Loop Control.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendices.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e References.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402479935831,"sku":"9780471034186","price":243.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471034186.jpg?v=1730480536"},{"product_id":"diffusion-in-solids-field-theory-solidstate-principles-and-applications-9780471239727","title":"Diffusion in Solids Field Theory SolidState","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis reference provides a modern treatment of the topic focusing on the core skills needed by practising engineers. It develops concepts in diffusion field theory and presents a few of its applications, then focuses on key solid-state principles needed to apply diffusion theory to real materials.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eFIELD THEORY.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaws of Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion in Generalized Media.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSolutions to the Linear Diffusion Equation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion Couple.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion Point Sources in Higher Dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneralized Sources.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion-Reaction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLinear Flow in Finite Systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpherical Bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSteady-State Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInverse Methods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSOLID-STATE PRINCIPLES.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRandom Walks and Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStructure and Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCorrelation Effects in Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVacancy-Assisted Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusion in Dilute Alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKirkendall Effect.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfluence of Solution Ideality.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiffusional Anelasticity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eField-Assisted Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiparticle Diffusion: Capillary Effects.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePopulation Dynamics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMulticomponent Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMulticomponent Diffusion: Profiler Program.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402534297943,"sku":"9780471239727","price":147.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471239727.jpg?v=1730480701"},{"product_id":"thermodynamics-of-materials-volume-2-9780471308867","title":"Thermodynamics of Materials Volume 2","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eClear explanation of reaction kinetics for liquids, gases, and solids\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eThermodynamics of Materials\u003c\/i\u003e provides a comprehensive reference for chemical engineers and others whose work involves materials science. \u003ci\u003eVolume 2\u003c\/i\u003e reviews macroscopic thermodynamics before moving on to the more complex behavior of defects and interfaces. The kinetics of liquids and gases are explored through discussion of evaporation, diffusion, and molecular movement, while solids are explored through in-depth explanations of nucleation, spinodal decomposition, and reaction kinetics. Concise, with clearly-defined equations and constants, this guide is an invaluable reference for both theoretical and practical applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThermodynamics: Review.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Statistical Thermodynamics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Defects in Solids.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Surfaces and Interfaces.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Diffusion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Transformations.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Reaction Kinetics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402560545111,"sku":"9780471308867","price":220.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471308867.jpg?v=1730480754"},{"product_id":"thermodynamics-of-materials-volume-1-9780471308850","title":"Thermodynamics of Materials Volume 1","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIn-depth reference for solid material thermodynamics\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eThermodynamics of Materials\u003c\/i\u003e provides a comprehensive reference for chemical engineers and others whose work involves material science. \u003ci\u003eVolume 1\u003c\/i\u003e covers the statistical and classical thermodynamics of solids, including enthalpy, entropy, energy exchange, and more. In-depth examination of property relationships includes chemical potentials, heat capacity, compressibility, magnetism, and others, while further exploration of equilibrium states and electrochemistry provide the essential information necessary to work with solid materials in theoretical and practical applications. Extensive appendices provide essential formulas and reference lists for current, volume, pressure, energy, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFirst Law.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Second Law.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Property Relationships.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Equilibrium.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chemical Equilibrium.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Electrochemistry.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Solutions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Phase Rule.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Phase Diagrams.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Statistical Thermodynamics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402560610647,"sku":"9780471308850","price":220.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471308850.jpg?v=1730480754"},{"product_id":"solid-mechanics-in-engineering-9780471493006","title":"Solid Mechanics in Engineering","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book provides a systematic, modern introduction to solid mechanics that is carefully motivated by realistic Engineering applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"...The book is clearly laid out, well illustrated and the quality of reproduction is excellent...highly recommended...\" (\u003ci\u003eMaterials World\u003c\/i\u003e, September 2002)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART A: BASIC CONCEPTS.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 1 Introductory Concepts of Solid Mechanics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 2 Internal Forces and Stress.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 3 Deformation and Strain.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 4 Behaviour of Materials: Constitutive Equations.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 5 Summary of Basic Results and Further Idealisations: Solutions using the \"Mechanics-of-Materials\" Approach.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART B: APPLICATIONS TO SIMPLE ELEMENTS.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 6 Axial Loadings.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 7 Torsion of Circular Cylindrical Rods: Coulomb Torsion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 8 Symmetric Bending of Beams -\u003cbr\u003e Basic Relations and Stresses.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 9 Symmetric Bending of Beams: Deflections, Fundamental Solutions and Superposition.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 10 Thin-Wall Pressure Vessels: Thin Shells Under Pressure.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 11 Stability and Instability of Rods under Axial Compression: Beam-Columns and Tie-Rods.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 12 Torsion of Elastic Members of Arbitrary Cross-Section: de Saint Venant Torsion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 13 General Bending Theory of Beams.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART C: ENERGY METHODS AND VIRTUAL WORK.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 14 Basic Energy Theorems, Principles of Virtual Work and their Application to Structural Mechanics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 15 Stability of Mechanical Systems by Energy Considerations: Approximate Methods.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix A: Properties of Areas.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix B: Some Mathematical Relations.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix C: The Membrane Equation.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix D: Material Properties.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix E: Table of Structural Properties.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix F: Reactions, Deflections and Slopes of Selected Beams.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Selected Problems.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402614251863,"sku":"9780471493006","price":56.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471493006.jpg?v=1730480973"},{"product_id":"an-introduction-to-the-mechanical-properties-of-solid-polymers-9780471496267","title":"An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProvides a comprehensive introduction to the mechanical behaviour of solid polymers. Extensively revised and updated throughout, the second edition now includes new material on mechanical relaxations and anisotropy, composites modelling, non-linear viscoelasticity, yield behaviour and fracture of tough polymers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The accessible approach of the book has been retained with each chapter designed to be self contained and the theory and applications of the subject carefully introduced where appropriate. The latest developments in the field are included alongside worked examples, mathematical appendices and an extensive reference.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e * Fully revised and updated throughout to include all the latest developments in the field\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e * Worked examples at the end of the chapter\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e * An invaluable resource for students of materials science, chemistry, physics or engineering studying polymer science\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 1 Structure of Polymers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 2 The Deformation of an Elastic Solid.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 3 Rubber-like Elasticity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 4 Principles of Linear Viscoelasticity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 5 The Measurement of Viscoelastic Behaviour.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 6 Experimental Studies of Linear Viscoelastic Behaviour as a Function of Frequency and Temperature: Time-Temperature Equivalence.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 7 Anisotropic Mechanical Behaviour.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 8 Polymer Composites: Macroscale and Microscale.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 9 Relaxation Transitions: Experimental Behaviour and Molecular Interpretation.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 10 Creep, Stress Relaxation and Non-linear Viscoelasticity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 11 Yielding and Instability in Polymers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 12 Breaking Phenomena.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix 1.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendix 2.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Answers to Problems.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402615791959,"sku":"9780471496267","price":56.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471496267.jpg?v=1730480975"},{"product_id":"metal-forming-9780471570042","title":"Metal Forming","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis comprehensive reference presents the latest techniques for numerical analysis of forming operations. This is the perfect tool for those who wish to investigate new analytical methods for forming.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Tensile Test and Basic Material Behavior.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Tensors, Matrices, Notation.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Stress.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Strain.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Standard Mechanical Principles.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Elasticity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Plasticity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Crystal-Based Plasticity.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Friction.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Classical Forming Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402632569175,"sku":"9780471570042","price":205.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471570042.jpg?v=1730481053"},{"product_id":"dynamic-behavior-of-materials-9780471582625","title":"Dynamic Behavior of Materials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAddresses fundamentals and advanced topics relevant to the behavior of materials under in-service conditions such as impact, shock, stress and high-strain rate deformations. Deals extensively with materials from a microstructure perspective which is the future direction of research today.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDynamic Deformation and Waves.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Elastic Waves.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Plastic Waves.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Shock Waves.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Shock Waves: Equations of State.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Differential Form of Conservation Equations and Numerical Solutionsto More Complex Problems.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Shock Wave Attenuation, Interaction, and Reflection.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Shock Wave-Induced Phase Transformations and ChemicalChanges.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Explosive-Material Interactions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Detonation.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Experimental Techniques: Diagnostic Tools.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Experimental Techniques: Methods to Produce DynamicDeformation.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Plastic Deformation at High Strain Rates.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Plastic Deformation in Shock Waves.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Shear Bands (Thermoplastic Shear Instabilities).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Dynamic Fracture.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Applications.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Indexes.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402637779287,"sku":"9780471582625","price":175.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471582625.jpg?v=1730481064"},{"product_id":"transient-stability-of-power-systems-9780471942139","title":"Transient Stability of Power Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn in-depth treatment of the transient stability problem, its physical description and formulation. Discusses methods for transient stability analysis, sensitivity assessment and control. Considers conventional and non-conventional techniques including direct and artificial intelligence, system theory, load modeling, evaluation of machine parameters, saturation effects and pattern recognition approaches. Features practical examples and simulation results.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSynchronous Machines--Mathematical Description.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Modeling of Power Systems for Stability Studies.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Conventional Methods of Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Lyapunov-Like Direct Methods.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Extended Equal-Area Criterion.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Decision Tree Transient Stability Method.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Composite Electromechanical Distance Method.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Appendices.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e References.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402687029591,"sku":"9780471942139","price":435.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471942139.jpg?v=1730481236"},{"product_id":"fluidstructure-interaction-9780471944591","title":"FluidStructure Interaction","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe aim of this book is to describe the methods leading to mechanical and numerical modelling of the linear vibrations of elastic structures coupled with internal fluids (sloshing, hydroelasticity and structural acoustics). It is characteristic of the problems under consideration that they are multidisciplinary involving structural and fluid representation and related numerical aspects. The problems are solved by direct resolution of the coupled systems by finite element methods and modal reduction procedures using the eigenmodes of ?elementary subsystems?. The numerical methods described in this book have applications in various engineering disciplines such as the automotive and aerospace industries, civil engineering, nuclear engineering and bioengineering.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVibrations of Elastic Structures. \u003cbr\u003e  Linearized Equations of Small Movements of Inviscid Fluids. \u003cbr\u003e  Sloshing Modes. \u003cbr\u003e  Sloshing Under Surface Tension. \u003cbr\u003e  Hydroelastic Vibrations. \u003cbr\u003e  Hydroelastic Vibrations Under Gravity. \u003cbr\u003e  Acoustic Cavity Modes. \u003cbr\u003e  Structural-Acoustic Vibrations. \u003cbr\u003e  Modal Reduction in Fluid-Structure Interaction. \u003cbr\u003e  Bibliography. \u003cbr\u003e  Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402687848791,"sku":"9780471944591","price":253.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471944591.jpg?v=1730481238"},{"product_id":"elementary-mechanics-of-plastic-flow-in-metal-forming-9780471960034","title":"Elementary Mechanics of Plastic Flow in Metal","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis textbook presents the fundamentals of continuum mechanics as they apply to the analysis of plastic flow in metal forming. The basic theory behind flow mechanics is explained in detail before it is applied in a variety of machine-tool design situations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMetal-forming Operations.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Kinematics of Deformable Bodies--The Velocity Field.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Further Kinematics of Deformable Bodies--The Strain-rateField.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Kinetics of Deformable Bodies--Stokes' Principle of PowerExpended.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Plastic Flow of Mises Materials.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Accounting for Work-hardening.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402694009175,"sku":"9780471960034","price":398.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471960034.jpg?v=1730481259"},{"product_id":"stochastic-processes-and-random-vibrations-9780471971924","title":"Stochastic Processes and Random Vibrations","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeginning with the basics of probability and an overview of stochastic process, this book goes on to explore their engineering applications: random vibration and system analysis. It addresses extreme conditions such as distribution of large vibration peaks, probabilities of exceeding certain limits, and fatigue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFundamentals of Probability Calculus with Applications.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The Basic Theory of Stochastic Processes.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Random Excitation and Response of Simple Linear Systems.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Random Excursions and Failure Probabilities.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Random Excitation and Response of Multiple and Continuous Systems.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Some Fundamental Stochastic Processes.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Fourier Analysis and Data Processing.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Earthquake Hazard and Seismic Risk Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e References.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402702135639,"sku":"9780471971924","price":80.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471971924.jpg?v=1730481282"},{"product_id":"understanding-solids-9781118423288","title":"Understanding Solids","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe second edition of a modern introduction to the chemistry and physics of solids. This textbook takes a unique integrated approach designed to appeal to both science and engineering students.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eReview of 1\u003csup\u003est\u003c\/sup\u003e edition\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ean extremely wide-ranging, useful book that is accessible to anyone with a firm grasp of high school sciencethis is an outstanding and affordable resource for the lifelong learner or current student. Choice, 2005\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe book provides an introduction to the chemistry and physics of solids that acts as a foundation to courses in materials science, engineering, chemistry, and physics. It is equally accessible to both engineers and scientists, through its more scientific approach, whilst still covering the material essential to engineers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis edition contains new sections on the use of computing methods to solve materials problems and has been thoroughly updated to include the many developments and advances made in th\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e“Summing Up: Recommended.  Lower-division undergraduates and two-year technical program students.”  (\u003ci\u003eChoice\u003c\/i\u003e, 1 February 2014)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xvii  \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1 STRUCTURES AND MICROSTRUCTURES 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 The electron structure of atoms 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The hydrogen atom 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 The quantum mechanical description 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 The energy of the electron 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Electron orbitals 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Orbital shapes 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Many-electron atoms 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 The orbital approximation 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Electron spin and electron configuration 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 The periodic table 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Atomic energy levels 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Spectra and energy levels 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Terms and term symbols 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Levels 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Electronic energy level calculations 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Chemical bonding 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Ionic bonding 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Ions 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Ionic size and shape 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Lattice energies 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Atomistic simulation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Covalent bonding 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Valence bond theory 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Molecular orbital theory 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Metallic bonding and energy bands 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Molecular orbitals and energy bands 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 The free electron gas 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Energy bands 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Properties of metals 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Bands in ionic and covalent solids 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Computation of properties 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 States of aggregation 49\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Weak chemical bonds 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Macrostructures, microstructures and nanostructures 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Structures and scale 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Crystalline solids 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Quasicrystals 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Non-crystalline solids 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Partly crystalline solids 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Nanoparticles and nanostructures 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 The development of microstructures 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Solidification 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Processing 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Point defects 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Point defects in crystals of elements 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Solid solutions 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Schottky defects 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Frenkel defects 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Non-stoichiometric compounds 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Point defect notation 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Linear, planar and volume defects 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Edge dislocations 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Screw dislocations 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Partial and mixed dislocations 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Planar defects 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Volume defects: precipitates 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Phase diagrams 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Phases and phase diagrams 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 One-component (unary) systems 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 The phase rule for one-component (unary) systems 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Binary phase diagrams 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Two-component (binary) systems 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 The phase rule for two-component (binary) systems 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Simple binary diagrams: nickel–copper as an example 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Binary systems containing a eutectic point: tin–lead as an example 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Intermediate phases and melting 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The iron–carbon system near to iron 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 The iron–carbon phase diagram 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Steels and cast irons 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Invariant points 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Ternary systems 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Calculation of phase diagrams: CALPHAD 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Crystallography and crystal structures 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Crystallography 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Crystal lattices 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Crystal systems and crystal structures 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Symmetry and crystal classes 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Crystal planes and Miller indices 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 Hexagonal crystals and Miller-Bravais indices 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.6 Directions 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.7 Crystal geometry and the reciprocal lattice 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 The determination of crystal structures 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Single crystal X-ray diffraction 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Powder X-ray diffraction and crystal identification 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Neutron diffraction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Electron diffraction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Crystal structures 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Unit cells, atomic coordinates and nomenclature 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 The density of a crystal 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 The cubic close-packed (A1) structure 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 The body-centred cubic (A2) structure 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 The hexagonal (A3) structure 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 The diamond (A4) structure 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.7 The graphite (A9) structure 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.8 The halite (rock salt, sodium chloride, B1) structure 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.9 The spinel (H11) structure 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Structural relationships 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Sphere packing 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Ionic structures in terms of anion packing 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Polyhedral representations 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2 CLASSES OF MATERIALS 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Metals, ceramics, polymers and composites 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Metals 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 The crystal structures of pure metals 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Metallic radii 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Alloy solid solutions 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.4 Metallic glasses 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.5 The principal properties of metals 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Ceramics 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Bonding and structure of silicate ceramics 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Some non-silicate ceramics 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 The preparation and processing of ceramics 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 The principal properties of ceramics 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Silicate glasses 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Bonding and structure of silicate glasses 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Glass deformation 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Strengthened glass 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Glass-ceramics 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Polymers 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Polymer formation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Microstructures of polymers 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Production of polymers 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Elastomers 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 The principal properties of polymers 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Composite materials 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Fibre-reinforced plastics 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Metal-matrix composites 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Ceramic-matrix composites 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Cement and concrete 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3 REACTIONS AND TRANSFORMATIONS 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Diffusion and ionic conductivity 191\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Self-diffusion, tracer diffusion and tracer impurity diffusion 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Non-steady-state diffusion 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Steady-state diffusion 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Temperature variation of diffusion coefficient 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 The effect of impurities 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Random walk diffusion 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Diffusion in solids 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Self-diffusion in one dimension 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Self-diffusion in crystals 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 The Arrhenius equation and point defects 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Correlation factors for self-diffusion 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12 Ionic conductivity 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12.1 Ionic conductivity in solids 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12.2 The relationship between ionic conductivity and diffusion coefficient 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Phase transformations and reactions 213\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Sintering 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Sintering and reaction 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 The driving force for sintering 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 The kinetics of neck growth 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 First-order and second-order phase transitions 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 First-order phase transitions 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Second-order transitions 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Displacive and reconstructive transitions 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Displacive transitions 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Reconstructive transitions 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Order–disorder transitions 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Positional ordering 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Orientational ordering 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Martensitic transformations 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 The austenite–martensite transition 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Martensitic transformations in zirconia 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Martensitic transitions in Ni–Ti alloys 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 Shape-memory alloys 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Phase diagrams and microstructures 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Equilibrium solidification of simple binary alloys 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Non-equilibrium solidification and coring 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Solidification in systems containing a eutectic point 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.4 Equilibrium heat treatment of steel in the Fe–C phase diagram 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 High-temperature oxidation of metals 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Direct corrosion 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 The rate of oxidation 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Oxide film microstructure 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Film growth via diffusion 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5 Alloys 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Solid-state reactions 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.1 Spinel formation 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.2 The kinetics of spinel formation 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Oxidation and reduction 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Galvanic cells 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Cell basics 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Standard electrode potentials 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Cell potential and Gibbs energy 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Concentration dependence 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Chemical analysis using galvanic cells 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 pH meters 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Ion selective electrodes 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Oxygen sensors 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Batteries 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 ‘Dry’ and alkaline primary batteries 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Lithium-ion primary batteries 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 The lead–acid secondary battery 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Lithium-ion secondary batteries 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 Lithium–air batteries 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6 Fuel cells 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Corrosion 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 The reaction of metals with water and aqueous acids 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Dissimilar metal corrosion 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Single metal electrochemical corrosion 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Electrolysis 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Electrolytic cells 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Electroplating 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3 The amount of product produced during electrolysis 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.4 The electrolytic preparation of titanium by the FFC Cambridge Process 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Pourbaix diagrams 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 Passivation, corrosion and leaching 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 The stability field of water 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.3 Pourbaix diagram for a metal showing two valence states, M2þ and M3þ 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.4 Pourbaix diagram displaying tendency for corrosion 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 4 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 279\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Mechanical properties of solids 281\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Strength and hardness 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Strength 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Stress and strain 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Stress–strain curves 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4 Toughness and stiffness 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.5 Superelasticity 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.6 Hardness 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Elastic moduli 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Young’s modulus (the modulus of elasticity) (E or Y) 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Poisson’s ratio (n) 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 The longitudinal or axial modulus (L or M) 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 The shear modulus or modulus of rigidity (G or m) 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.5 The bulk modulus, K or B 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.6 The Lame modulus (l) 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.7 Relationships between the elastic moduli 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.8 Ultrasonic waves in elastic solids 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Deformation and fracture 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Brittle fracture 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Plastic deformation of metals 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Dislocation movement and plastic deformation 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Brittle and ductile materials 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Plastic deformation of polymers 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Fracture following plastic deformation 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.7 Strengthening 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.8 Computation of deformation and fracture 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Time-dependent properties 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Fatigue 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Creep 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Nanoscale properties 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Solid lubricants 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Auxetic materials 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Thin films and nanowires 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Composite materials 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Young’s modulus of large particle composites 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Young’s modulus of fibre-reinforced composites 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 Young’s modulus of a two-phase system 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Insulating solids 327\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Dielectrics 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Relative permittivity and polarisation 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Polarisability 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Polarisability and relative permittivity 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.4 The frequency dependence of polarisability and relative permittivity 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5 The relative permittivity of crystals 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Piezoelectrics, pyroelectrics and ferroelectrics 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 The piezoelectric and pyroelectric effects 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Crystal symmetry and the piezoelectric and pyroelectric effects 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Piezoelectric mechanisms 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Quartz oscillators 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Piezoelectric polymers 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Ferroelectrics 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Ferroelectric crystals 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Hysteresis and domain growth in ferroelectric crystals 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Antiferroelectrics 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 The temperature dependence of ferroelectricity and antiferroelectricity 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.5 Ferroelectricity due to hydrogen bonds 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.6 Ferroelectricity due to polar groups 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.7 Ferroelectricity due to medium-sized transition-metal cations 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.8 Poling and polycrystalline ferroelectric solids 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.9 Doping and modification of properties 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.10 Relaxor ferroelectrics 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.11 Ferroelectric nanoparticles, thin films and superlattices 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.12 Flexoelectricity in ferroelectrics 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Magnetic solids 361\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Magnetic materials 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1 Characterisation of magnetic materials 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.2 Magnetic dipoles and magnetic flux 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.3 Atomic magnetism 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.4 Overview of magnetic materials 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Paramagnetic materials 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 The magnetic moment of paramagnetic atoms and ions 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 High and low spin: crystal field effects 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Temperature dependence of paramagnetic susceptibility 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 Pauli paramagnetism 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Ferromagnetic materials 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Ferromagnetism 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Exchange energy 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Domains 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Hysteresis 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Hard and soft magnetic materials 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Antiferromagnetic materials and superexchange 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Ferrimagnetic materials 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Cubic spinel ferrites 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Garnet structure ferrites 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.3 Hexagonal ferrites 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.4 Double exchange 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Nanostructures 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.1 Small particles and data recording 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.2 Superparamagnetism and thin films 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.3 Superlattices 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.4 Photoinduced magnetism 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Magnetic defects 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.1 Magnetic defects in semiconductors 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.2 Charge and spin states in cobaltites and manganites 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Electronic conductivity in solids 399\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Metals 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.1 Metals, semiconductors and insulators 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.2 Electron drift in an electric field 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.3 Electronic conductivity 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.4 Resistivity 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Semiconductors 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Intrinsic semiconductors 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Band gap measurement 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Extrinsic semiconductors 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.4 Carrier concentrations in extrinsic semiconductors 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.5 Characterisation 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.6 The p-n junction diode 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Metal–insulator transitions 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Metals and insulators 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Electron–electron repulsion 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Modification of insulators 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4 Transparent conducting oxides 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Conducting polymers 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Nanostructures and quantum confinement of electrons 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Quantum wells 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Quantum wires and quantum dots 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Superconductivity 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.1 Superconductors 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.2 The effect of magnetic fields 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.3 The effect of current 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.4 The nature of superconductivity 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.5 Josephson junctions 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.6 Cuprate high-temperature superconductors 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Optical aspects of solids 445\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Light 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.1 Light waves 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.2 Photons 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Sources of light 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Incandescence 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Luminescence and phosphors 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.4 Solid-state lasers 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Colour and appearance 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Luminous solids 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Non-luminous solids 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Attenuation 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Refraction and dispersion 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Refraction 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Refractive index and structure 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.3 The refractive index of metals and semiconductors 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.4 Dispersion 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Reflection 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Reflection from a surface 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Reflection from a single thin film 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 The reflectivity of a single thin film in air 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.4 The colour of a single thin film in air 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.5 The colour of a single thin film on a substrate 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.6 Low-reflectivity (antireflection) and high-reflectivity coatings 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.7 Multiple thin films and dielectric mirrors 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Scattering 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.1 Rayleigh scattering 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.2 Mie scattering 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Diffraction 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.1 Diffraction by an aperture 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.2 Diffraction gratings 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.3 Diffraction from crystal-like structures 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.4 Photonic crystals 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Fibre optics 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.1 Optical communications 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.2 Attenuation in glass fibres 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.3 Dispersion and optical fibre design 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.4 Optical amplification 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 Energy conversion 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.1 Photoconductivity and photovoltaic solar cells 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.2 Dye sensitized solar cells 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Nanostructures 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.1 The optical properties of quantum wells 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.2 The optical properties of nanoparticles 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Thermal properties 495\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Heat capacity 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.1 The heat capacity of a solid 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.2 Classical theory of heat capacity 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.3 Quantum theory of heat capacity 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.4 Heat capacity at phase transitions 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Thermal conductivity 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Heat transfer 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Thermal conductivity of solids 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Thermal conductivity and microstructure 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Expansion and contraction 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Thermal expansion 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Thermal expansion and interatomic potentials 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Thermal contraction 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.4 Zero thermal contraction materials 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Thermoelectric effects 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Thermoelectric coefficients 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Thermoelectric effects and charge carriers 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 The Seebeck coefficient of solids containing point defect populations 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 Thermocouples, power generation and refrigeration 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 The magnetocaloric effect 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 The magnetocaloric effect and adiabatic cooling 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 The giant magnetocaloric effect 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 5 NUCLEAR PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS 517\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Radioactivity and nuclear reactions 519\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Radioactivity 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.1 Naturally occurring radioactive elements 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.2 Isotopes and nuclides 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.3 Nuclear equations 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.4 Radioactive series 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.5 Nuclear stability 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Artificial radioactive atoms 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Transuranic elements 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Artificial radioactivity in light elements 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Nuclear decay 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 The rate of nuclear decay 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Radioactive dating 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Nuclear energy 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.1 The binding energy of nuclides 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.2 Nuclear fission 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.3 Thermal reactors for power generation 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.4 Fuel for space exploration 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.5 Fast breeder reactors 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.6 Fusion 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.7 Solar cycles 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Nuclear waste 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.1 Nuclear accidents 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.2 The storage of nuclear waste 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 538\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubject Index 543\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49406867145047,"sku":"9781118423288","price":126.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118423288.jpg?v=1730497385"},{"product_id":"understanding-solids-9781118423462","title":"Understanding Solids","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHailed by the reviews as an extremely wide-ranging, useful book, this book provides a modern introduction to the chemistry and physics of solids. It offers a unique integrated approach, equally accessible to scientists and engineers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e“Summing Up: Recommended.  Lower-division undergraduates and two-year technical program students.”  (\u003ci\u003eChoice\u003c\/i\u003e, 1 February 2014)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xvii  \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1 STRUCTURES AND MICROSTRUCTURES 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 The electron structure of atoms 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The hydrogen atom 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 The quantum mechanical description 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 The energy of the electron 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Electron orbitals 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Orbital shapes 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Many-electron atoms 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 The orbital approximation 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Electron spin and electron configuration 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 The periodic table 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Atomic energy levels 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Spectra and energy levels 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Terms and term symbols 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Levels 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Electronic energy level calculations 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Chemical bonding 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Ionic bonding 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Ions 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Ionic size and shape 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Lattice energies 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Atomistic simulation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Covalent bonding 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Valence bond theory 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Molecular orbital theory 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Metallic bonding and energy bands 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Molecular orbitals and energy bands 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 The free electron gas 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Energy bands 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Properties of metals 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Bands in ionic and covalent solids 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Computation of properties 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 States of aggregation 49\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Weak chemical bonds 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Macrostructures, microstructures and nanostructures 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Structures and scale 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Crystalline solids 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Quasicrystals 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Non-crystalline solids 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Partly crystalline solids 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.6 Nanoparticles and nanostructures 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 The development of microstructures 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Solidification 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Processing 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Point defects 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Point defects in crystals of elements 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Solid solutions 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Schottky defects 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Frenkel defects 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Non-stoichiometric compounds 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.6 Point defect notation 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Linear, planar and volume defects 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Edge dislocations 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Screw dislocations 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Partial and mixed dislocations 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Planar defects 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Volume defects: precipitates 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Phase diagrams 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Phases and phase diagrams 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 One-component (unary) systems 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 The phase rule for one-component (unary) systems 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Binary phase diagrams 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Two-component (binary) systems 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 The phase rule for two-component (binary) systems 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Simple binary diagrams: nickel–copper as an example 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Binary systems containing a eutectic point: tin–lead as an example 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Intermediate phases and melting 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The iron–carbon system near to iron 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 The iron–carbon phase diagram 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Steels and cast irons 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Invariant points 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Ternary systems 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Calculation of phase diagrams: CALPHAD 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Crystallography and crystal structures 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Crystallography 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Crystal lattices 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Crystal systems and crystal structures 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Symmetry and crystal classes 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Crystal planes and Miller indices 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 Hexagonal crystals and Miller-Bravais indices 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.6 Directions 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.7 Crystal geometry and the reciprocal lattice 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 The determination of crystal structures 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Single crystal X-ray diffraction 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Powder X-ray diffraction and crystal identification 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Neutron diffraction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Electron diffraction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Crystal structures 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Unit cells, atomic coordinates and nomenclature 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 The density of a crystal 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 The cubic close-packed (A1) structure 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 The body-centred cubic (A2) structure 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 The hexagonal (A3) structure 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 The diamond (A4) structure 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.7 The graphite (A9) structure 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.8 The halite (rock salt, sodium chloride, B1) structure 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.9 The spinel (H11) structure 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Structural relationships 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Sphere packing 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Ionic structures in terms of anion packing 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Polyhedral representations 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2 CLASSES OF MATERIALS 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Metals, ceramics, polymers and composites 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Metals 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 The crystal structures of pure metals 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Metallic radii 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Alloy solid solutions 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.4 Metallic glasses 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.5 The principal properties of metals 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Ceramics 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Bonding and structure of silicate ceramics 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Some non-silicate ceramics 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 The preparation and processing of ceramics 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 The principal properties of ceramics 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Silicate glasses 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Bonding and structure of silicate glasses 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Glass deformation 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Strengthened glass 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Glass-ceramics 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Polymers 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Polymer formation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Microstructures of polymers 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Production of polymers 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Elastomers 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 The principal properties of polymers 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Composite materials 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Fibre-reinforced plastics 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Metal-matrix composites 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Ceramic-matrix composites 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Cement and concrete 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3 REACTIONS AND TRANSFORMATIONS 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Diffusion and ionic conductivity 191\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Self-diffusion, tracer diffusion and tracer impurity diffusion 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Non-steady-state diffusion 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Steady-state diffusion 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Temperature variation of diffusion coefficient 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 The effect of impurities 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Random walk diffusion 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Diffusion in solids 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Self-diffusion in one dimension 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Self-diffusion in crystals 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 The Arrhenius equation and point defects 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Correlation factors for self-diffusion 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12 Ionic conductivity 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12.1 Ionic conductivity in solids 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12.2 The relationship between ionic conductivity and diffusion coefficient 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Phase transformations and reactions 213\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Sintering 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Sintering and reaction 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 The driving force for sintering 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 The kinetics of neck growth 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 First-order and second-order phase transitions 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 First-order phase transitions 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Second-order transitions 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Displacive and reconstructive transitions 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Displacive transitions 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Reconstructive transitions 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Order–disorder transitions 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Positional ordering 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Orientational ordering 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Martensitic transformations 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 The austenite–martensite transition 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Martensitic transformations in zirconia 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Martensitic transitions in Ni–Ti alloys 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 Shape-memory alloys 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Phase diagrams and microstructures 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Equilibrium solidification of simple binary alloys 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Non-equilibrium solidification and coring 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Solidification in systems containing a eutectic point 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.4 Equilibrium heat treatment of steel in the Fe–C phase diagram 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 High-temperature oxidation of metals 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Direct corrosion 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 The rate of oxidation 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Oxide film microstructure 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Film growth via diffusion 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5 Alloys 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Solid-state reactions 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.1 Spinel formation 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8.2 The kinetics of spinel formation 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Oxidation and reduction 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Galvanic cells 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Cell basics 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Standard electrode potentials 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Cell potential and Gibbs energy 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Concentration dependence 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Chemical analysis using galvanic cells 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 pH meters 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Ion selective electrodes 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Oxygen sensors 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Batteries 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 ‘Dry’ and alkaline primary batteries 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Lithium-ion primary batteries 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 The lead–acid secondary battery 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Lithium-ion secondary batteries 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 Lithium–air batteries 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6 Fuel cells 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Corrosion 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 The reaction of metals with water and aqueous acids 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Dissimilar metal corrosion 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Single metal electrochemical corrosion 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Electrolysis 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Electrolytic cells 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Electroplating 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3 The amount of product produced during electrolysis 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.4 The electrolytic preparation of titanium by the FFC Cambridge Process 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Pourbaix diagrams 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 Passivation, corrosion and leaching 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 The stability field of water 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.3 Pourbaix diagram for a metal showing two valence states, M2þ and M3þ 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.4 Pourbaix diagram displaying tendency for corrosion 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 4 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 279\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Mechanical properties of solids 281\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Strength and hardness 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Strength 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Stress and strain 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Stress–strain curves 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.4 Toughness and stiffness 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.5 Superelasticity 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.6 Hardness 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Elastic moduli 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Young’s modulus (the modulus of elasticity) (E or Y) 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Poisson’s ratio (n) 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 The longitudinal or axial modulus (L or M) 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 The shear modulus or modulus of rigidity (G or m) 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.5 The bulk modulus, K or B 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.6 The Lame modulus (l) 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.7 Relationships between the elastic moduli 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.8 Ultrasonic waves in elastic solids 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Deformation and fracture 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Brittle fracture 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Plastic deformation of metals 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Dislocation movement and plastic deformation 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Brittle and ductile materials 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Plastic deformation of polymers 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Fracture following plastic deformation 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.7 Strengthening 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.8 Computation of deformation and fracture 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Time-dependent properties 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Fatigue 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Creep 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Nanoscale properties 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Solid lubricants 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Auxetic materials 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Thin films and nanowires 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Composite materials 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Young’s modulus of large particle composites 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Young’s modulus of fibre-reinforced composites 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.3 Young’s modulus of a two-phase system 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Insulating solids 327\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Dielectrics 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Relative permittivity and polarisation 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Polarisability 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Polarisability and relative permittivity 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.4 The frequency dependence of polarisability and relative permittivity 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5 The relative permittivity of crystals 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Piezoelectrics, pyroelectrics and ferroelectrics 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 The piezoelectric and pyroelectric effects 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Crystal symmetry and the piezoelectric and pyroelectric effects 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Piezoelectric mechanisms 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Quartz oscillators 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.5 Piezoelectric polymers 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Ferroelectrics 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Ferroelectric crystals 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Hysteresis and domain growth in ferroelectric crystals 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Antiferroelectrics 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 The temperature dependence of ferroelectricity and antiferroelectricity 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.5 Ferroelectricity due to hydrogen bonds 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.6 Ferroelectricity due to polar groups 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.7 Ferroelectricity due to medium-sized transition-metal cations 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.8 Poling and polycrystalline ferroelectric solids 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.9 Doping and modification of properties 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.10 Relaxor ferroelectrics 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.11 Ferroelectric nanoparticles, thin films and superlattices 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.12 Flexoelectricity in ferroelectrics 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Magnetic solids 361\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Magnetic materials 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1 Characterisation of magnetic materials 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.2 Magnetic dipoles and magnetic flux 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.3 Atomic magnetism 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.4 Overview of magnetic materials 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Paramagnetic materials 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 The magnetic moment of paramagnetic atoms and ions 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 High and low spin: crystal field effects 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Temperature dependence of paramagnetic susceptibility 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 Pauli paramagnetism 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Ferromagnetic materials 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Ferromagnetism 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Exchange energy 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Domains 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Hysteresis 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Hard and soft magnetic materials 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Antiferromagnetic materials and superexchange 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Ferrimagnetic materials 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.1 Cubic spinel ferrites 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.2 Garnet structure ferrites 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.3 Hexagonal ferrites 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5.4 Double exchange 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Nanostructures 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.1 Small particles and data recording 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.2 Superparamagnetism and thin films 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.3 Superlattices 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.4 Photoinduced magnetism 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Magnetic defects 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.1 Magnetic defects in semiconductors 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.2 Charge and spin states in cobaltites and manganites 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Electronic conductivity in solids 399\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Metals 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.1 Metals, semiconductors and insulators 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.2 Electron drift in an electric field 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.3 Electronic conductivity 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.4 Resistivity 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Semiconductors 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Intrinsic semiconductors 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Band gap measurement 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.3 Extrinsic semiconductors 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.4 Carrier concentrations in extrinsic semiconductors 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.5 Characterisation 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.6 The p-n junction diode 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Metal–insulator transitions 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Metals and insulators 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Electron–electron repulsion 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Modification of insulators 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.4 Transparent conducting oxides 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Conducting polymers 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Nanostructures and quantum confinement of electrons 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Quantum wells 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Quantum wires and quantum dots 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Superconductivity 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.1 Superconductors 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.2 The effect of magnetic fields 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.3 The effect of current 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.4 The nature of superconductivity 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.5 Josephson junctions 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.6 Cuprate high-temperature superconductors 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Optical aspects of solids 445\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Light 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.1 Light waves 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.2 Photons 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Sources of light 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Incandescence 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Luminescence and phosphors 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.4 Solid-state lasers 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Colour and appearance 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Luminous solids 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Non-luminous solids 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Attenuation 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Refraction and dispersion 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Refraction 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Refractive index and structure 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.3 The refractive index of metals and semiconductors 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.4 Dispersion 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Reflection 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Reflection from a surface 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Reflection from a single thin film 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 The reflectivity of a single thin film in air 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.4 The colour of a single thin film in air 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.5 The colour of a single thin film on a substrate 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.6 Low-reflectivity (antireflection) and high-reflectivity coatings 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.7 Multiple thin films and dielectric mirrors 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Scattering 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.1 Rayleigh scattering 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.2 Mie scattering 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Diffraction 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.1 Diffraction by an aperture 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.2 Diffraction gratings 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.3 Diffraction from crystal-like structures 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.4 Photonic crystals 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Fibre optics 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.1 Optical communications 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.2 Attenuation in glass fibres 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.3 Dispersion and optical fibre design 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.4 Optical amplification 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 Energy conversion 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.1 Photoconductivity and photovoltaic solar cells 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.2 Dye sensitized solar cells 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Nanostructures 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.1 The optical properties of quantum wells 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.2 The optical properties of nanoparticles 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Thermal properties 495\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Heat capacity 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.1 The heat capacity of a solid 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.2 Classical theory of heat capacity 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.3 Quantum theory of heat capacity 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.4 Heat capacity at phase transitions 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Thermal conductivity 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Heat transfer 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 Thermal conductivity of solids 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Thermal conductivity and microstructure 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Expansion and contraction 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Thermal expansion 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Thermal expansion and interatomic potentials 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Thermal contraction 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.4 Zero thermal contraction materials 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Thermoelectric effects 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Thermoelectric coefficients 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Thermoelectric effects and charge carriers 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 The Seebeck coefficient of solids containing point defect populations 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 Thermocouples, power generation and refrigeration 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 The magnetocaloric effect 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 The magnetocaloric effect and adiabatic cooling 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 The giant magnetocaloric effect 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 5 NUCLEAR PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS 517\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Radioactivity and nuclear reactions 519\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Radioactivity 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.1 Naturally occurring radioactive elements 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.2 Isotopes and nuclides 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.3 Nuclear equations 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.4 Radioactive series 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.5 Nuclear stability 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Artificial radioactive atoms 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Transuranic elements 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Artificial radioactivity in light elements 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Nuclear decay 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 The rate of nuclear decay 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Radioactive dating 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Nuclear energy 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.1 The binding energy of nuclides 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.2 Nuclear fission 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.3 Thermal reactors for power generation 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.4 Fuel for space exploration 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.5 Fast breeder reactors 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.6 Fusion 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.7 Solar cycles 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Nuclear waste 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.1 Nuclear accidents 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5.2 The storage of nuclear waste 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther reading 538\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems and exercises 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubject Index 543\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49406867177815,"sku":"9781118423462","price":47.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118423462.jpg?v=1730497387"},{"product_id":"handbook-of-experimental-structural-dynamics-9781461445463","title":"Handbook of Experimental Structural Dynamics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHistory of Experimental Structural Mechanics.- Sensors .- Instrumentation.- Applied Digital Signal Processing.- Basic Measurements.- Structural Measurements.- Environmental Measurements.- Design of Tests.- Modal Parameter Estimation.- Modal Analysis of Rotating Systems.- Operating Modal Analysis.- Computational Methods in Structural Dynamics.- Finite\/Boundary Element Modeling and Model Reduction.- FE Model Correlation.- Model Updating.- Damping of Materials and Stuctures.- Model Validation\/Verification\/Calibration.- Uncertainty Quantification and Statistical Issues.- Nonlinear System Analysis.- Rotating System Analysis.- Structural Health Monitoring and Damage Detection.- System Modeling.- Modal Modeling.- Impedance Modeling.- Acoustics of Structural Systems-VibroAcoustics.- Automotive Structural Testing.- Civil Structural Testing.- Aerospace Structural Testing.- Sports Equipment Testing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHistory of Experimental Structural Mechanics.- Sensors .- Instrumentation.- Applied Digital Signal Processing.- Basic Measurements.- Structural Measurements.- Environmental Measurements.- Design of Tests.- Modal Parameter Estimation.- Modal Analysis of Rotating Systems.- Operating Modal Analysis.- Computational Methods in Structural Dynamics.- Finite\/Boundary Element Modeling and Model Reduction.- FE Model Correlation.- Model Updating.- Damping of Materials and Stuctures.- Model Validation\/Verification\/Calibration.- Uncertainty Quantification and Statistical Issues.- Nonlinear System Analysis.- Rotating System Analysis.- Structural Health Monitoring and Damage Detection.- System Modeling.- Modal Modeling.- Impedance Modeling.- Acoustics of Structural Systems-VibroAcoustics.- Automotive Structural Testing.- Civil Structural Testing.- Aerospace Structural Testing.- Sports Equipment Testing.","brand":"Springer-Verlag New York Inc.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49408624427351,"sku":"9781461445463","price":582.71,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781461445463.jpg?v=1730503581"},{"product_id":"movement-equations-2-mathematical-and-methodological-supplements-9781786300331","title":"Movement Equations 2: Mathematical and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe formalism processing of unbuckled solids mechanics involves several mathematical tools which are to be mastered at the same time. This volume collects the main points which take place in the course of the formalism, so that the user immediately finds what he needs without looking for it. Furthermore, the book contains a methodological formulary to guide the user in his approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTable of Notations  xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Vector Calculus  1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Vector space 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1. Definition  1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2. Vector space – dimension – basis  2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3. Affine space 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. Affine space of dimension 3 – free vector 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Scalar product a⋅b 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1. Properties of the scalar product 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2. Scalar square – unit vector  6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3. Geometric interpretation of the scalar product  7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4. Solving the equation a�� ⋅ x�� = 0  9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Vector product a ∧ b  9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1. Definition  9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2. Geometric interpretation of the vector product  10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3. Properties of vector product 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4. Solving the equation a ∧ x = b  11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Mixed product (a ,b, c )  12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1. Definition  12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2. Geometric interpretation of the mixed product  12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3. Properties of the mixed product 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6. Vector calculus in the affine space of dimension 3  15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.1. Orthonormal basis 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.2. Analytical expression of the scalar product 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.3. Analytical expression of the vector product  16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6.4. Analytical expression of the mixed product  17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7. Applications of vector calculus  18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.1. Double vector product 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.2. Resolving the equation a�� ⋅ x�� = b 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.3. Resolving the equation a ∧ x = b  23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.4. Equality of Lagrange  25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.5. Equations of planes 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7.6. Relations within the triangle 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8. Vectors and basis changes 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8.1. Einstein’s convention  28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8.2. Transition table from basis (e) to basis (E) 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8.3. Characterization of the transition table 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChatper 2. Torsors and Torsor Calculus 35\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Vector sets  35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1. Discrete set of vectors 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2. Set of vectors defined on a continuum  36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. Introduction to torsors  37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1. Definition 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2. Equivalence of vector families  38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Algebra torsors  38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1. Equality of two torsors 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2. Linear combination of torsors 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3. Null torsors  39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4. Opposing torsor 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5. Product of two torsors 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6. Scalar moment of a torsor – equiprojectivity  41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.7. Invariant scalar of a torsor 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Characterization and classification of torsors  43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1. Torsors with a null resultant  43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2. Torsors with a no-null resultant  45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Derivation torsors  48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1. Torsor dependent on a single parameter q 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2. Torsor dependent of n parameters qi functions of p  51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3. Explicitly dependent torsor of n + 1 parameters 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Derivation of Vector Functions 55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Derivative vector: definition and properties  55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Derivative of a function in a basis  56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Deriving a vector function of a variable 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1. Relations between derivatives of a function in different bases 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2. Differential form associated with two bases  63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. Deriving a vector function of two variables  65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Deriving a vector function of n variables 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6. Explicit intervention of the variable p  70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7. Relative rotation rate of a basis relative to another  71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. Vector Functions of One Variable Skew Curves  73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Vector function of one variable  73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. Tangent at a point M  74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Unit tangent vector τ ( q)  76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Main normal vector ( ) q ν 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. Unit binormal vector ( ) q β 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6. Frenet’s basis  80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7. Curvilinear abscissa  81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8. Curvature, curvature center and curvature radius 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9. Torsion and torsion radius 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10. Orientation in (λ) of the Frenet basis  87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Vector Functions of Two Variables Surfaces  91\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Representation of a vector function of two variables 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1. Coordinate curves 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2. Regular or singular point – tangent plane – unit normal vector  93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3. Distinctive surfaces  95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4. Ruled surfaces 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5. Area element  110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. General properties of surfaces  111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1. First quadratic form  111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2. Darboux–Ribaucour’s trihedral 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3. Second quadratic form  119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4. Meusnier’s theorems 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5. Geodesic torsion  123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.6. Prominent curves traced on a surface  125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.7. Directions and principal curvatures of a surface  127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. Vector Function of Three Variables: Volumes 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Vector functions of three variables  135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1. Coordinate surfaces 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2. Coordinate curves  136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3. Orthogonal curvilinear coordinates 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Volume element 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1. Definition 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2. Applications to traditional coordinate systems 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Rotation rate of the local basis 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1. Calculation of the partial rotation rate 1δ (λ ,e)  140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2. Calculation of the rotation rate  143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. Linear Operators  145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Definition 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. Intrinsic properties  145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Algebra of linear operators 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1. Unit operator 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2. Equality of two linear operators 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3. Product of a linear operator by a scalar 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4. Sum of two linear operators  148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5. Multiplying two linear operators 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Bilinear form 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5. Quadratic form  150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6. Linear operator and basis change 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7. Examples of linear operators  152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.1. Operation f = a ^ F 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2. Operation f = a ^ (a ^ F) 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.3. Operation f = a(b ⋅ F)  153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.4. Operation f = a ^ (F ^ a) 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8. Vector rotation Ru��,a  156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.1. Expression of the vector rotation 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.2. Quaternion associated with the vector rotation Ru��,a  159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.3. Matrix representation of the vector rotation  160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.4. Basis change and rotation vector 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Homogeneity and Dimension 165\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Notion of homogeneity  165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. Dimension  165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Standard mechanical dimensions 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Using dimensional equations 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography  171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex  173\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49412270752087,"sku":"9781786300331","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781786300331.jpg?v=1730516215"},{"product_id":"mechanics-and-physics-of-solids-at-micro-and-nano-scales-9781786305312","title":"Mechanics and Physics of Solids at Micro- and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChronicling the 11th US–France �Mechanics and physics of solids at macro- and nano-scales� symposium, organized by ICACM (International Center for Applied Computational Mechanics) in Paris, June 2018, this book addresses the breadth of issues raised. It covers a comprehensive range of scientific and technological topics (from elementary plastic events in metals and materials in harsh environments to bio-engineered and bio-mimicking materials), offering a representative perspective on state-of-the-art research and materials.  Expounding on the issues related to mesoscale modeling, the first part of the book addresses the representation of plastic deformation at both extremes of the scale – between nano- and macro- levels. The second half of the book examines the mechanics and physics of soft materials, polymers and materials made from fibers or molecular networks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1. Plastic Deformation of Crystalline Materials \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Homogeneous Dislocation Nucleation in Landau Theory of Crystal Plasticity \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eOguz Umut SALMAN and Roberta BAGGIO\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. The model 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1. Linear stability analysis 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Numerical implementation 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Simulation results 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1. Stress field of a single-edge dislocation 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2. Dislocation annihilation 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3. Homogeneous nucleation 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Conclusion 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6. References 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. Effects of Rate, Size, and Prior Deformation in Microcrystal Plasticity \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefanos PAPANIKOLAOU and Michail TZIMAS\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Introduction 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. Model 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Effects of loading rates and protocols in crystal plasticity 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Size effects in microcrystal plasticity 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Unveiling the crystalline prior deformation history using unsupervised machine learning approaches 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6. Predicting the mechanical response of crystalline materials using supervised machine learning 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7. Summary 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8. Acknowledgements 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9. References 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Dislocation Dynamics Modeling of the Interaction of Dislocations with Eshelby Inclusions \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e55\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSylvie AUBRY, Sylvain QUEYREAU and Athanasios ARSENLIS\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Introduction 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Review of existing approaches 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1. Modeling discrete precipitates with DD simulations 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2. Investigation of precipitation strengthening and some related effects 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Dislocation dynamics modeling of dislocation interactions with Eshelby inclusions 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1. Stress field and forces at dislocation lines 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2. Stress at a point induced by an inclusion 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3. Force on a dislocation coming from an inclusion 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4. Far field interactions induced by an Eshelby inclusion 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5. Parallel implementation 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. DD simulations of the interaction with Eshelby inclusions 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1. Eshelby force for a single dislocation and a single inclusion 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2. Simulations of bulk crystal plasticity 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Conclusion and discussion 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6. Acknowledgments 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7. Appendix: derivation of the Eshelby force 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8. References 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. Scale Transition in Finite Element Simulations of Hydrogen–Plasticity Interactions \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e87\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYann CHARLES, Hung Tuan NGUYEN, Kevin ARDON and Monique GASPERINI\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Introduction 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. Modeling assumptions 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1. Crystal plasticity mechanical behavior 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2. Hydrogen transport equation 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3. Implementation 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4. Mechanical parameters 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Identification of a trap density function at the crystal scale 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1. Geometry, mesh, and boundary conditions applied on the polycrystals 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2. Results 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Adaptation of the Dadfarnia’s model at the crystal scale 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1. Formulation at the polycrystal scale 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2. Application to single crystals 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3. Boundary and initial conditions 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4. Crystal orientations 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5. Results 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6. Consequences on hydrogen transport through a polycrystalline bar 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. Conclusion 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6. Appendix: Numbering of the slip systems in the UMAT 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7. References 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2. Mechanics and Physics of Soft Solids \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Compression of Fiber Networks Modeled as a Phase Transition \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e133\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePrashant K. PUROHIT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Introduction 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. Experimental observations in compressed fibrin clots and CNT forests 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1. Compression of platelet-poor plasma clots and platelet-rich plasma clots 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2. Compression of CNT forests coated with alumina 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3. Theoretical model based on continuum theory of phase transitions 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1. Compression of PPP and PRP clots 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2. Phase transition theory 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3. Effect of liquid pumping 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4. Application of phase transition model to PPP and PRP clots 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5. Predictive capability of our model 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6. Application of phase transition model to CNT networks 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4. Conclusion 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5. References 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. Mechanics of Random Networks of Nanofibers with Inter-Fiber Adhesion \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e157\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eCatalin R. PICU and Vineet NEGI\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Introduction 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Mechanics in the presence of adhesion 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1. The adhesive interaction of two fibers 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2. Triangle of fiber bundles 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Structure of non-crosslinked networks with inter-fiber adhesion 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4. Tensile behavior of non-crosslinked networks with inter-fiber adhesion 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5. Structure of networks with inter-fiber adhesion and crosslinks 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6. Tensile behavior of crosslinked networks with inter-fiber adhesion 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7. Conclusion 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8. References 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. Surface Effects on Elastic Structures \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e185\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHadrien BENSE, Benoit ROMAN and José BICO\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. Liquid surface energy 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1. Can a liquid deform a solid? 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2. Slender structures 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3. Wrapping a cylinder 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4. Capillary origamis 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Dielectric elastomers: a surface effect? 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1. Introduction: electrostatic energy of a capacitor as a surface energy 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2. Mechanics of dielectric elastomers 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3. Buckling experiments 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Conclusion 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5. References 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Stress-driven Kirigami: From Planar Shapes to 3D Objects \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e215\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlexandre DANESCU, Philippe REGRENY, Pierre CRÉMILIEU and Jean-Louis LECLERCQ\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Introduction 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. Bilayer plates with pre-stress 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Constant curvature ribbons and geodesic curvature 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1. Experimental evidence 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2. Geodesic objects 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Directional bending of large surfaces 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1. Photonic crystals tubes 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2. Control the directional bending 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5. Conclusion 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6. References 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9. Modeling the Mechanics of Amorphous Polymer in the Glass Transition \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e231\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHélène MONTES, Aude BELGUISE, Sabine CANTOURNET and François LEQUEUX\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1. Introduction 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2. Modeling the mechanics of amorphous 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1. Input physics 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2. Temperature dependence of the intrinsic relaxation times 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3. Length scales in the model 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4. Numerical implementation 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3. Linear regime in bulk geometry 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1. Stress relaxation 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2. Numerical predictions versus experiments in the linear regime 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3. Role of elastic coupling between domains 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4. Linear regime in confined geometries 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1. Apparent linear viscoelasticity in various geometries 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2. Comparison of the results of our model with the observation of Tg shift in filled elastomers 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3. Role of mechanical coupling in confined geometry 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4. Conclusion on the effects of confinement 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5. Nonlinear mechanics 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1. Input of nonlinearities 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2. Results of the model 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.3. Role of elastic coupling in the nonlinear regime 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6. Conclusion 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7. Appendix 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8. References 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Authors 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 267\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49412283629911,"sku":"9781786305312","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781786305312.jpg?v=1730516257"},{"product_id":"mechanical-behavior-of-concrete-9781848211780","title":"Mechanical Behavior of Concrete","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis title provides a comprehensive overview of all aspects of the mechanical behavior of concrete, including such features as its elastoplasticity, its compressive and tensile strength, its behavior over time (including creep and shrinkage, cracking and fatigue) as well as modeling techniques and its response to various stimuli. As such, it will be required reading for anyone wishing to increase their knowledge in this area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1. INSTANTANEOUS OR TIME-INDEPENDENT MODELS FOR CONCRETE 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Test Techniques and Experimental Characterization 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Nicolas BURLION\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. Experimental specificities related to concrete material 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Extensometers and experimental conditions 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Behavior of concrete under uniaxial stress: classical tests 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Concrete under multiaxial stresses 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6. Conclusions regarding the experimental characterization of the multiaxial behavior of concrete 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7. Bibliography 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. Modeling the Macroscopic Behavior of Concrete 63\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Jean-Marie REYNOUARD, Jean-François GEORGIN, Khalil HAIDAR and Gilles PIJAUDIER-CABOT\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Introduction 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. The discrete approach 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Continuous approach 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Conclusion 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Bibliography 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Failure and Size Effect of Structural Concrete 121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Gilles PIJAUDIER-CABOT and Khalil HAIDAR\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Introduction 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Probabilistic structural size effect 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Deterministic size effect 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. Fractality and size effect 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Size effect and calibration of non-local models 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6. Conclusions 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7. Acknowledgement 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8. Bibliography 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2. CONCRETE UNDER CYCLIC AND DYNAMIC LOADING 149\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. Cyclic Behavior of Concrete and Reinforced Concrete 151\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Jean-François DUBÉ\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Characterization tests of the cyclic behavior 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. Modeling the reinforced concrete cyclic behavior 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Modeling of the cyclic behavior of concrete 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Conclusions 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. Bibliography 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Cyclic and Dynamic Loading Fatigue of Structural Concrete 185\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Jean-François DESTREBECQ\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Introduction 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. The mechanisms of concrete fatigue 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3. The fatigue strength under uniaxial compression or traction 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4. Extension to Aas-Jakobsen’s formula 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5. Fatigue under multiaxial loading 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6. Fatigue under high-level cyclic loading 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7. Fatigue strength under variable level cyclic loadings 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8. Bibliography 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. Rate-Dependent Behavior and Modeling for Transient Analyses 225\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Fabrice GATUINGT\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Introduction 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Experimental behavior 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Behavior modeling of concrete in dynamics 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4. Bibliography 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3. TIME-DEPENDENT RESPONSE OF CONCRETE 265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. Concrete at an Early Age: the Major Parameters 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Vincent WALLER and Buqan MIAO\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Introduction 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. Influence of the composition of concrete 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Consequences of boundary conditions 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Conclusion 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5. Bibliography 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Modeling Concrete at Early Age 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Franz-Josef ULM, Jean-Michel TORRENTI, Benoît BISSONETTE and Jacques MARCHAND\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Introduction 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. The coupled thermo-chemo-mechanical problem 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Data collection and experimental methods 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Conclusion 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5. Bibliography 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9. Delayed Effects – Creep and Shrinkage 339\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Farid BENBOUDJEMA, Fékri MEFTAH, Grégory HEINFLING, Fabrice LEMAOU and Jean Michel TORRENTI\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1. Introduction 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2. Definitions and mechanisms 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3. Experimental approach 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4. Delayed response modeling 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5. Codified models 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6. Conclusion 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7. Bibliography 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eClosing Remarks: New Concretes, New Techniques, and Future Models 409\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Jean Michel TORRENTI, Gilles PIJAUDIER-CABOT and Jean-Marie REYNOUARD\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Authors 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 417\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413707628887,"sku":"9781848211780","price":184.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848211780.jpg?v=1730521114"},{"product_id":"materials-under-extreme-loadings-application-to-penetration-and-impact-9781848211841","title":"Materials under Extreme Loadings: Application to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis book presents recent and cutting edge advances in our understanding of key aspects of the response of materials under extreme loads that take place during high velocity impact and penetration.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe focus of the content is on the numerous challenges associated with characterization and modeling of complex interactions that occur during these highly dynamic events. The following specific topics, among others, are addressed:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003echaracterization of material behavior under extreme loadings (estimate of damage, effects related to moisture contents, large pressures, large strain rates, etc.);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emeasurement of microstructural changes associated with damage and mesoscopic scale modeling;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emacroscopic modeling, using the framework of the theory of viscoplasticity and damage;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emodeling and simulation of localization, cracking, and dynamic fragmentation of materials;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eapplication to penetration mechanics and trajectory instabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe book gathers together selected papers based on work presented as invited lectures at the 2nd US-France symposium held on 28-30 May 2008 in Rocamadour, France. The conference was organized by Eric Buzaud (DGA, Centre d'Études de Gramat) under the auspices of the International Center for Applied Computational Mechanics (ICACM).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Geomaterials Under Extreme Loading: The Natural Case 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003ePhilippe LAMBERT and Hervé TRUMEL\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. Natural impacts 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Discussion 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Conclusions 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Bibliography 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1. EXPERIMENTAL CHARACTERIZATION 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. The Shock Properties of Concrete and Related Materials 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eKostas TSEMBELIS, David J. CHAPMAN, Christopher H. BRAITHWAITE, John E. FIELD and William G. PROUD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. Experimental studies 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Conclusion 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Acknowledgments 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Bibliography 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Comparison of Shocked Sapphire and Alumina 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eGeremy KLEISER, Lalit CHHABILDAS and William REINHART\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Abstract 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Introduction 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Material 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. Experimental method 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Experimental results 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6. Conclusions 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7. Acknowledgments 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8. Bibliography 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. Observations of Ballistic Impact Damage in Glass Laminate 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eStephan BLESS\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Introduction 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. Transient measurements 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Post-test measurements 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Multiple impacts 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. Discussion and summary 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6. Acknowledgments 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7. Bibliography 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Experimental Analysis of Concrete Behavior Under High Confinement 101\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eXuan Hong VU, Yann MALECOT, Laurent DAUDEVILLE and Eric BUZAUD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Introduction 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. Experimental device 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3. Influence of the water\/cement ratio 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4. Influence of the coarse aggregate size 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5. Influence of the cement paste volume 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6. Conclusion and future work 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7. Acknowledgment 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8. Bibliography 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. 3D Imaging and the Split Cylinder Fracture of Cement-Based Composites 121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eEric LANDIS\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Introduction 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Methods and materials 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Experiments and analysis 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4. Experimental results 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5. Conclusions 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6. Bibliography 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. Testing Conditions on Kolsky Bar 131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eWeinong CHEN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Introduction 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. Kolsky bar 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Limitations of the Kolsky bar 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Methods for conducting valid Kolsky bar experiments 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5. Conclusions 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6. Bibliography 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2. MATERIAL MODELING 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Experimental Approach and Modeling of the Dynamic Tensile Behavior of a Micro-Concrete 147\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003ePascal FORQUIN and Benjamin ERZAR\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Introduction 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. Experimental device 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Data processing 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Experimental results 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5. Modeling of the damage process in concrete at high strain-rates (the Denoual, Forquin, Hild model) 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6. Conclusion 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7. Bibliography 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9. Toward Physically-Based Explosive Modeling: Meso-Scale Investigations 179\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eHervé TRUMEL, Philippe LAMBERT, Guillaume VIVIER and Yves SADOU\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1. Introduction 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2. Methodology 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3. The material: microstructure and macroscopic mechanical behavior 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4. Samples from unitary experiments 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5. Analysis of a recovered target 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6. Discussion 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7. Conclusion and future work 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8. Acknowledgments 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9. Bibliography 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10. Coupled Viscoplastic Damage Model for Hypervelocity Impact Induced Damage in Metals and Composites 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eGeorge Z. VOYIADJIS\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1. Introduction 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2. Theoretical preliminaries for high velocity impact 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3. A coupled rate-dependent (viscoplasticity) continuum damage theory 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4. Computational aspects of the proposed theory 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5. Numerical applications 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6. Conclusions 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7. Bibliography 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11. High-Pressure Behavior of Concrete: Experiments and Elastic\/Viscoplastic Modeling 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eMartin J. SCHMIDT, Oana CAZACU and Mark L. GREEN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1. Introduction 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2. Experimental study 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3. Elastic-viscoplastic model development 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4. Conclusions 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5. Bibliography 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12. The Virtual Penetration Laboratory: New Developments 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eMark D. ADLEY, Andreas O. FRANK, Kent T. DANIELSON, Stephen A. AKERS, James L. O’DANIEL and Bruce PATTERSON\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1. Introduction 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2. Constitutive model development 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3. Perforation simulations 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4. Penetration simulations 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5. CSPC penetration resistance equation 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6. Conclusions 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7. Acknowledgment 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8. Bibliography 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13. Description of the Dynamic Fragmentation of Glass with a Meso-Damage Model 291\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eXavier BRAJER, François HILD and Stéphane ROUX\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1. Introduction 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2. Experimental results 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3. Fragmentation analysis 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4. Microcracking analysis 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5. A “meso-damage” approach 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6. Conclusion 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7. Acknowledgments 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8. Bibliography 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3. NUMERICAL SIMULATION TECHNIQUES 311\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14. An Approach to Generate Random Localizations in Lagrangian Numerical Simulations 313\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eJacques PETIT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1. Introduction 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2. Numerical modeling 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3. Electromagnetic compression and its regular use 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4. Numerical simulations without rupture: copper and nickel samples 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5. Numerical simulations with rupture: TA6V4 samples 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6. Conclusion 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7. Bibliography 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15. X-FEM for the Simulation of Dynamic Crack Propagation 333\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eAlain COMBESCURE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1. Energy conservation when a crack propagates: a key issue 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2. Dynamic crack propagation laws 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3. Experiments interpretation 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4. Bibliography 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16. DEM Model of a Rigid Missile Impact on a Thin Concrete Slab 351\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eFrédéric DONZÉ, Wen-Jie SHIU and Laurent DAUDEVILLE\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1. Introduction 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2. The DEM model 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3. Modeling of the impact tests 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4. Influence of reinforcement ratio 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5. Influence of the nose shape of missile 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6. Conclusion 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7. Bibliography 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17. The Lattice Discrete Particle Model (LDPM) for the Numerical Simulation of Concrete Behavior Subject to Penetration 369\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eGianluca CUSATIS\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1. Introduction 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2. Review of LDPM formulation 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3. Uniaxial compression strength tests 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4. Three-point bending tests 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5. Multiaxial compression strength tests 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6. Hopkinson bar tests 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.7. Penetration through reinforced concrete slabs 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.8. Closing remark 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.9. Acknowledgments 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.10. Bibliography 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18. An Improved Contact Algorithm for Multi-Material Continuum Codes 389\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eKenneth C. WALLS and David L. LITTLEFIELD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1. Introduction 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2. Background 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3. The contact-impact problem 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4. Formulation 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5. Finite element formulation 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6. Calculations 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7. Discussion 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8. Conclusions 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.9. Bibliography 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19. Parallel Computing for Non-linear Concrete Modeling 415\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eKent DANIELSON, Mark ADLEY and James O’DANIEL\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1. Introduction 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2. Explicit dynamic finite element analysis 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3. Numerical methodologies 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4. Numerical applications 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5. Concluding remarks 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6. Acknowledgments 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7. Bibliography 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eList of Authors 433\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eIndex 439\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413707858263,"sku":"9781848211841","price":190.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848211841.jpg?v=1730521115"},{"product_id":"solid-mechanics-using-the-finte-element-method-9781848211919","title":"Solid Mechanics using the Finte Element Method","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eToday the fundamentals of solid mechanics may be explained by \"numerical\" experiments using the finite element method. The explanation is detailed in this book using many examples. After a short review of how the finite element method works (in Chapter 1), Chapter 2 develops some key points of solid mechanics: what is a beam? when and how can a structure be represented by beam elements? what are the basic hypotheses? what kind of information does a beam model provide? A generalized beam element is also presented.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3 uses the same approach for the discussion on stress concentrations and stress singularities: local effects; influence of geometric discontinuities, such as holes or corners; mesh refinements and\/or analytic-numeric approaches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4 is devoted to plate modeling: coupling of membrane and bending, folded, stiffened, composite plates.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5 provides a short presentation of the dynamics of structures with a particular focus on the modal method, the influence of local defaults on the modal response is also analyzed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommercial software (Ansys) is used to study the examples.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413708022103,"sku":"9781848211919","price":132.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848211919.jpg?v=1730521117"},{"product_id":"geomechanics-in-co2-storage-facilities-9781848214163","title":"Geomechanics in CO2 Storage Facilities","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eCO2 capture and geological storage is seen as the most effective technology to rapidly reduce the emission of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. Up until now and before proceeding to an industrial development of this technology, laboratory research has been conducted for several years and pilot projects have been launched. So far, these studies have mainly focused on transport and geochemical issues and few studies have been dedicated to the geomechanical issues in CO2 storage facilities. The purpose of this book is to give an overview of the multiphysics processes occurring in CO2 storage facilities, with particular attention given to coupled geomechanical problems.\u003cbr\u003eThe book is divided into three parts. The first part is dedicated to transport processes and focuses on the efficiency of the storage complex and the evaluation of possible leakage paths. The second part deals with issues related to reservoir injectivity and the presence of fractures and occurrence of damage. The final part of the book concerns the serviceability and ageing of the geomaterials whose poromechanical properties may be altered by contact with the injected reactive fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1. TRANSPORT PROCESSES  1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. Assessing Seal Rock Integrity for CO2 Geological Storage Purposes  3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eDaniel BROSETA\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1. Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2. Gas breakthrough experiments in water-saturated rocks 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3. Interfacial properties involved in seal rock integrity 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1. Brine-gas IFT 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2. Wetting behavior 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4. Maximum bottomhole pressure for storage in a depleted hydrocarbon reservoir 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5. Evidences for capillary fracturing in seal rocks 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6. Summary and prospects 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7. Bibliography 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. Gas Migration through Clay Barriers in the Context of Radioactive Waste Disposal: Numerical Modeling of an In Situ Gas Injection Test  21\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003ePierre GÉRARD, Jean-Pol RADU, Jean TALANDIER, Rémi de La VAISSIÈRE, Robert CHARLIER and Frédéric COLLIN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1. Introduction 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2. Field experiment description 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3. Boundary value problem 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1. 1D and 3D geometry and boundary conditions 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2. Hydraulic model 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3. Hydraulic parameters 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4. Numerical results 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1. 1D modeling 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2. 3D modeling 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5. Discussion and conclusions 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6. Bibliography 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Upscaling Permeation Properties in Porous Materials from Pore Size Distributions  43\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eFadi KHADDOUR, David GRÉGOIRE and Gilles PIJAUDIER-CABOT\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1. Introduction 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2. Assembly of parallel pores 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1. Presentation 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2. Permeability 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3. Case of a sinusoidal multi-modal pore size distribution 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3. Mixed assembly of parallel and series pores 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1. Presentation 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2. Permeability 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4. Comparisons with experimental results 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1. Electrical fracturing tests 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2. Measurement of the pore size distribution 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3. Model capabilities to predict permeability and comparisons with experiments 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5. Conclusions 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6. Acknowledgments 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7. Bibliography 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2. FRACTURE, DEFORMATION AND COUPLED EFFECTS  57\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. A Non-Local Damage Model for Heterogeneous Rocks – Application to Rock Fracturing Evaluation Under Gas Injection Conditions 59\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eDarius M. SEYEDI, Nicolas GUY, Serigne SY, Sylvie GRANET and François HILD\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1. Introduction 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2. A probabilistic non-local model for rock fracturing 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3. Hydromechanical coupling scheme 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4. Application example and results 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1. Effect of Weibull modulus 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5. Conclusions and perspectives 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6. Acknowledgments 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7. Bibliography 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Caprock Breach: A Potential Threat to Secure Geologic Sequestration of CO2 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eA.P.S. SELVADURAI\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1. Introduction 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2. Caprock flexure during injection 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1. Numerical results for the caprock–geologic media interaction 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3. Fluid leakage from a fracture in the caprock 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1. Numerical results for fluid leakage from a fracture in the caprock 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4. Concluding remarks 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5. Acknowledgment 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6. Bibliography 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. Shear Behavior Evolution of a Fault due to Chemical Degradation of Roughness: Application\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cb\u003eto the Geological Storage of CO2 95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eOlivier NOUAILLETAS, Céline PERLOT, Christian LA BORDERIE, Baptiste ROUSSEAU and Gérard BALLIVY\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1. Introduction 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2. Experimental setup 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3. Roughness and chemical attack 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4. Shear tests 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5. Peak shear strength and peak shear displacement: Barton’s model 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6. Conclusion and perspectives 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7. Acknowledgment 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8. Bibliography 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. CO2 Storage in Coal Seams: Coupling Surface Adsorption and Strain 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eSaeid NIKOOSOKHAN, Laurent BROCHARD, Matthieu VANDAMME, Patrick DANGLA, Roland J.-M. PELLENQ, Brice LECAMPION and Teddy FEN-CHONG\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1. Introduction 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2. Poromechanical model for coal bed reservoir 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1. Physics of adsorption-induced swelling of coal 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2. Assumptions of model for coal bed reservoir 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3. Case of coal bed reservoir with no adsorption 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4. Derivation of constitutive equations for coal bed reservoir with adsorption 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3. Simulations 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1. Simulations at the molecular scale: adsorption of carbon dioxide on coal 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2. Simulations at the scale of the reservoir 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3. Discussion 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4. Conclusions 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5. Bibliography 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3. AGING AND INTEGRITY 133\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Modeling by Homogenization of the Long-Term Rock Dissolution and Geomechanical Effects 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eJolanta LEWANDOWSKA\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1. Introduction 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2. Microstructure and modeling by homogenization 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3. Homogenization of the H-M-T problem 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1. Formulation of the problem at the microscopic scale 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2. Asymptotic developments method 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3. Solutions 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4. Summary of the macroscopic “H-M-T model” 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4. Homogenization of the C-M problem 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1. Formulation of the problem at the microscopic scale 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2. Homogenization 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3. Summary of the macroscopic “C-M model” 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5. Numerical computations of the time degradation of the macroscopic rigidity tensor 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1. Definition of the problem 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2. Results and discussion 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6. Conclusions 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7. Acknowledgment 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8. Bibliography 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9. Chemoplastic Modeling of Petroleum Cement Paste under Coupled Conditions 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eJian Fu SHAO, Y. JIA, Nicholas BURLION, Jeremy SAINT-MARC and Adeline GARNIER\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1. Introduction 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2. General framework for chemo-mechanical modeling 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1. Phenomenological chemistry model 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3. Specific plastic model for petroleum cement paste 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1. Elastic behavior 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2. Plastic pore collapse model 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3. Plastic shearing model 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4. Validation of model 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5. Conclusions and perspectives 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6. Bibliography 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10. Reactive Transport Modeling of CO2 Through Cementitious Materials Under Supercritical Boundary Conditions  181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eJitun SHEN, Patrick DANGLA and Mickaël THIERY\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1. Introduction 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2. Carbonation of cement-based materials 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1. Solubility of the supercritical CO2 in the pore solution 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2. Chemical reactions 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3. Carbonation of CH 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4. Carbonation of C-S-H 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.5. Porosity change 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3. Reactive transport modeling 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1. Field equations 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2. Transport of the liquid phase 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3. Transport of the gas phase 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4. Transport of aqueous species 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4. Simulation results and discussion 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1. Sandstone-like conditions 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2. Limestone-like conditions 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3. Study of CO2 concentration and initial porosity 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4. Supercritical boundary conditions 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5. Conclusion 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6. Acknowledgment 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7. Bibliography 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11. Chemo-Poromechanical Study of Wellbore Cement Integrity 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003ci\u003eJean-Michel PEREIRA and Valérie VALLIN\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1. Introduction 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2. Poromechanics of cement carbonation in the context of CO2 storage 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1. Context and definitions 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2. Chemical reactions 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3. Chemo-poromechanical behaviour 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4. Balance equations 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3. Application to wellbore cement 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1. Description of the problem 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2. Initial state and boundary conditions 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3. Illustrative results 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4. Conclusion 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5. Acknowledgments 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6. Bibliography 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Authors 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex  000\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413711364439,"sku":"9781848214163","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848214163.jpg?v=1730521129"},{"product_id":"sustainable-masonry-stability-and-behavior-of-structures-9781848214958","title":"Sustainable Masonry: Stability and Behavior of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book covers the impact of sustainable masonry on the environment, touting the many benefits of utilizing local and\/or low embodied energy materials in the construction of sustainable buildings.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePart 1. Technologies and Construction Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1. Introduction to Sustainable Masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2. Earth and Stone Materials.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3. Blocks: The Elements of Masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4. Arrangement of Blocks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 2. Graphic Statics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5. The Foundations of Graphic Statics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6. Reduction and Equilibrium of a System of Forces in a Plane.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7. Funicular Polygons.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8. Projective Properties and Duality.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 3.Yield Design Applied to Masonry\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9. Principles of Yield Design.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10. Stability of Curvilinear Masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e 11. Homogenization and Yield Design of Masonry.","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413713101143,"sku":"9781848214958","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848214958.jpg?v=1730521134"},{"product_id":"experimental-mechanics-of-solids-and-structures-9781848219960","title":"Experimental Mechanics of Solids and Structures","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the characterization of materials to accelerated life testing, experimentation with solids and structures is present in all stages of the design of mechanical devices. Sometimes only an experimental model can bring the necessary elements for understanding, the physics under study just being too complex for an efficient numerical model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis book presents the classical tools in the experimental approach to mechanical engineering, as well as the methods that have revolutionized the field over the past 20 years: photomechanics, signal processing, statistical data analysis, design of experiments, uncertainty analysis, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eExperimental Mechanics of Solids and Structures\u003c\/i\u003e also replaces mechanical testing in a larger context: firstly, that of the experimental model, with its own hypotheses; then that of the knowledge acquisition process, which is structured and robust; finally, that of a reliable analysis of the results obtained, in a context where uncertainty could be important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Mechanical Tests 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Measurable quantities 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Tensile test 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Optimal testing conditions 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Result of a standard tensile test 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Stiffness of a tensile testing machine 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Bending test 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Test principle 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Optimal realization conditions 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Determination of flexural modulus 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Damage to the structure 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 A Few Sensors Used in Mechanics 15\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Strain measurement 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Principle 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Gauge factor 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Description of a gauge 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Conditioning 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Multi-gauge assemblies 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 Compensation of bending effects 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.7 Effect of temperature 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.8 Measurement of a surface-strain tensor of an object 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.9 “Measurement” considerations 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Displacement measurement 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Principle 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Key characteristics 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Force measurement 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Strain gauge load cell 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Piezoelectric gauge load cell 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Acceleration measurement 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Principle 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Selection criteria 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Optical Full-Field Methods 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Overview 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Selection of a field optical method 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Factors governing selection 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Fringe projection 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Grid method 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Digital image correlation 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Speckle interferometry (ESPI) 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Main processing methods of photomechanical results 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Metrological aspects 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Correction of target distorsions 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Denoising in mapping 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Phase unwrapping 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Derivation of a displacement map 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Basic Tools for Measurement Methods 71\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Measurement and precision 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Calibration 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Tests 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Evaluating uncertainties 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Experimental test plans 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Preparation 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Approach 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Adjusting polynomial models by least squares 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Linear factorial design without interaction 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Linear factorial design with interactions 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ew4.3.6 Quadratic design with interactions 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.7 Variance analysis 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Hypothesis tests 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 General principle 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 1st and 2nd order error: a test’s power 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Choosing a statistical law 112w\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Examples 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Test for model adjustment: a return to ANOVA analysis 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Exercises 117\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Multiple-choice questions 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Problem: designing a torque meter 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Mechanical analysis 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Electrical installation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Analyzing uncertainty 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Problem: traction test on a composite 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Sizing a traction test 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Measuring 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Photomechanics 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Problem: optic fiber Bragg gratings 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 What happens when there is traction on the fiber? 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 What will the effective index become depending on the temperature and strain parameters? 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Separating temperature and mechanics 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Analyzing uncertainty 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Problem: bending a MEMS micro-sensor 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Suggesting a mechanical model for this problem 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Problem: studying a 4-point bending system 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Analyzing the device 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Mechanical analysis 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Analyzing uncertainties 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Optical full field methods 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Digital pressure tester: statistical tests 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Discovering the statistical functions library 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Estimating a confidence interval 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Calculating a test’s power 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConclusion 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 141\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ISTE Ltd and John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49413725978967,"sku":"9781848219960","price":125.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781848219960.jpg?v=1730521179"},{"product_id":"classical-guitar-design-9783030329914","title":"Classical Guitar Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book describes the entire process of designing guitars, including the theory and guidelines for implementing it in practice. It discusses areas from acoustics and resonators to new tools and how they assist traditional construction techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe book begins by discussing the fundamentals of the sounds of a guitar, strings, and oscillating systems. It then moves on to resonators and acoustics within the guitar, explaining the analysis systems and evaluation methods, and comparing classic and modern techniques. Each area of the guitar is covered, from the soundboard and the back, to the process of closing the instrument. The book concludes with an analysis of historic and modern guitars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  This book is of interest to luthiers wanting to advance their practice, guitar players wishing to learn more about their instruments, and academics in engineering and physics curious about the principles of acoustics when applied to musical instruments.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sound.- The String.- Oscillating Systems.- The Resonator Components.- The Resonator as a Global System.- Upper Resonances.- Analysis Systems.- Quality and Evaluation Methods.- The Modern Guitar.- Building and Using the Mould.- The Soundboard on the Mould.- The Soundboard on the Frame.- The Back.- Closing the Instrument. Final Tuning.- Analysis of Historic and Modern Guitars\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49415618068823,"sku":"9783030329914","price":113.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030329914.jpg?v=1730527534"},{"product_id":"proceedings-of-xxiv-aimeta-conference-2019-9783030410568","title":"Proceedings of XXIV AIMETA Conference 2019","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book gathers the peer-reviewed papers presented at the XXIV Conference of the Italian Association of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, held in Rome, Italy, on September 15-19, 2019 (AIMETA 2019). The conference topics encompass all aspects of general, fluid, solid and structural mechanics, as well as mechanics for machines and mechanical systems, including theoretical, computational and experimental techniques and technological applications. As such the book represents an invaluable, up-to-the-minute tool, providing an essential overview of the most recent advances in the field.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49415619805527,"sku":"9783030410568","price":224.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030410568.jpg?v=1730527541"},{"product_id":"finite-elements-in-structural-analysis-theoretical-concepts-and-modeling-procedures-in-statics-and-dynamics-of-structures-9783030498429","title":"Finite Elements in Structural Analysis:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book introduces the basic concepts of the finite element method in the static and dynamic analysis of beam, plate, shell and solid structures, discussing how the method works, the characteristics of a finite element approximation and how to avoid the pitfalls of finite element modeling. Presenting the finite element theory as simply as possible, the book allows readers to gain the knowledge required when applying powerful FEA software tools. Further, it describes modeling procedures, especially for reinforced concrete structures, as well as structural dynamics methods, with a particular focus on the seismic analysis of buildings, and explores the modeling of dynamic systems. Featuring numerous illustrative examples, the book allows readers to easily grasp the fundamentals of the finite element theory and to apply the finite element method proficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e“The theory of FEM is presented ‘as simply as possible’ and illustrated with many examples. … The book gives the readers the knowledge required when applying powerful FEM software tools in static or dynamic analysis. … The book is based on the lectures for students of the Faculty of Civil Engineering, and is intended for students as well as for structural engineers.” (V. Leontiev, zbMATH 1502.74004, 2023)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMathematical background.- Basic equations of the theory of elasticity.- Truss and beam structures.- Plate, shell and solid structures.- Dynamic analysis of structures.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49415622197591,"sku":"9783030498429","price":54.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/engineering-mechanics-of-solids.oembed?page=3","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}